alarsyo/spot
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Install gnulib to make sure we can use argp in ltlfilt.

Browse source 
* lib/Makefile.am, lib/alloca.c, lib/alloca.in.h, lib/argp-ba.c,
lib/argp-eexst.c, lib/argp-fmtstream.c, lib/argp-fmtstream.h,
lib/argp-fs-xinl.c, lib/argp-help.c, lib/argp-namefrob.h,
lib/argp-parse.c, lib/argp-pin.c, lib/argp-pv.c, lib/argp-pvh.c,
lib/argp-xinl.c, lib/argp.h, lib/asnprintf.c, lib/basename-lgpl.c,
lib/dirname-lgpl.c, lib/dirname.h, lib/dosname.h, lib/errno.in.h,
lib/float+.h, lib/float.c, lib/float.in.h, lib/getopt.c,
lib/getopt.in.h, lib/getopt1.c, lib/getopt_int.h, lib/gettext.h,
lib/intprops.h, lib/itold.c, lib/malloc.c, lib/memchr.c,
lib/memchr.valgrind, lib/mempcpy.c, lib/printf-args.c,
lib/printf-args.h, lib/printf-parse.c, lib/printf-parse.h,
lib/rawmemchr.c, lib/rawmemchr.valgrind, lib/size_max.h,
lib/sleep.c, lib/stdalign.in.h, lib/stdbool.in.h, lib/stddef.in.h,
lib/stdint.in.h, lib/stdio.in.h, lib/stdlib.in.h, lib/strcasecmp.c,
lib/strchrnul.c, lib/strchrnul.valgrind, lib/strerror-override.c,
lib/strerror-override.h, lib/strerror.c, lib/string.in.h,
lib/strings.in.h, lib/stripslash.c, lib/strncasecmp.c,
lib/strndup.c, lib/strnlen.c, lib/sys_types.in.h, lib/sysexits.in.h,
lib/unistd.in.h, lib/vasnprintf.c, lib/vasnprintf.h, lib/verify.h,
lib/vsnprintf.c, lib/wchar.in.h, lib/xsize.h, m4/00gnulib.m4,
m4/alloca.m4, m4/argp.m4, m4/dirname.m4, m4/double-slash-root.m4,
m4/errno_h.m4, m4/exponentd.m4, m4/extensions.m4, m4/float_h.m4,
m4/getopt.m4, m4/gnulib-cache.m4, m4/gnulib-common.m4,
m4/gnulib-comp.m4, m4/gnulib-tool.m4, m4/include_next.m4,
m4/intmax_t.m4, m4/inttypes_h.m4, m4/longlong.m4, m4/malloc.m4,
m4/math_h.m4, m4/memchr.m4, m4/mempcpy.m4, m4/mmap-anon.m4,
m4/multiarch.m4, m4/nocrash.m4, m4/off_t.m4, m4/printf.m4,
m4/rawmemchr.m4, m4/size_max.m4, m4/sleep.m4, m4/ssize_t.m4,
m4/stdalign.m4, m4/stdbool.m4, m4/stddef_h.m4, m4/stdint.m4,
m4/stdint_h.m4, m4/stdio_h.m4, m4/stdlib_h.m4, m4/strcase.m4,
m4/strchrnul.m4, m4/strerror.m4, m4/string_h.m4, m4/strings_h.m4,
m4/strndup.m4, m4/strnlen.m4, m4/sys_socket_h.m4, m4/sys_types_h.m4,
m4/sysexits.m4, m4/unistd_h.m4, m4/vasnprintf.m4, m4/vsnprintf.m4,
m4/warn-on-use.m4, m4/wchar_h.m4, m4/wchar_t.m4, m4/wint_t.m4,
m4/xsize.m4, tools/snippet/_Noreturn.h, tools/snippet/arg-nonnull.h,
tools/snippet/c++defs.h, tools/snippet/warn-on-use.h: New files from
gnulib 1af55d85d9762a679b4302d5995f05ccd883e956.
* configure.ac, Makefile.am: Adjust to compile gnulib.
* src/bin/Makefile.am: Adjust to use gnulib.
* README: Mention lib/.
This commit is contained in:
Alexandre Duret-Lutz 2012-08-31 14:47:50 +02:00
parent f38f9df020
commit 93f6e21759
135 changed files with 33744 additions and 4 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

6
Makefile.am
View file

@ -36,13 +36,15 @@ if NEVER
NEVER_BENCH = bench NEVER_BENCH = bench
endif endif
SUBDIRS = $(MAYBE_BUDDY) $(MAYBE_LBTT) $(NEVER_BENCH) doc src wrap ltdl iface SUBDIRS = $(MAYBE_BUDDY) $(MAYBE_LBTT) \
$(NEVER_BENCH) doc lib src wrap ltdl iface
UTF8 = utf8/doc/ReleaseNotes utf8/doc/utf8cpp.html utf8/utf8.h \ UTF8 = utf8/doc/ReleaseNotes utf8/doc/utf8cpp.html utf8/utf8.h \
utf8/utf8/checked.h utf8/utf8/core.h utf8/utf8/unchecked.h utf8/utf8/checked.h utf8/utf8/core.h utf8/utf8/unchecked.h
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
EXTRA_DIST = HACKING ChangeLog.1 tools/gitlog-to-changelog $(UTF8) EXTRA_DIST = HACKING ChangeLog.1 tools/gitlog-to-changelog $(UTF8) \
m4/gnulib-cache.m4
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog

1
README
View file

@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ Third party software
buddy/ A patched version of BuDDy 2.3 (a BDD library). buddy/ A patched version of BuDDy 2.3 (a BDD library).
lbtt/ lbtt 1.2.1 (an LTL to Büchi automata test bench). lbtt/ lbtt 1.2.1 (an LTL to Büchi automata test bench).
ltdl/ Libtool's portable dlopen() wrapper library. ltdl/ Libtool's portable dlopen() wrapper library.
lib/ Gnulib's portability modules.
Build-system stuff Build-system stuff
------------------ ------------------

5
configure.ac
View file

@ -50,12 +50,16 @@ if test "x${enable_python:-yes}" = xyes; then
fi fi
AC_PROG_CC AC_PROG_CC
gl_EARLY
AM_PROG_CC_C_O AM_PROG_CC_C_O
AC_PROG_CXX AC_PROG_CXX
AM_PROG_LEX AM_PROG_LEX
AC_PROG_YACC AC_PROG_YACC
gl_INIT
AC_LANG(C++) AC_LANG(C++)
AC_HEADER_UNORDERED_MAP AC_HEADER_UNORDERED_MAP
@ -125,6 +129,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([
iface/gspn/defs iface/gspn/defs
iface/gspn/Makefile iface/gspn/Makefile
iface/Makefile iface/Makefile
lib/Makefile
src/bin/Makefile src/bin/Makefile
src/eltlparse/Makefile src/eltlparse/Makefile
src/eltltest/defs src/eltltest/defs

1257
lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

478
lib/alloca.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC 2 */

63
lib/alloca.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

34
lib/argp-ba.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if
the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like "Report bugs to
ADDR." */
const char *argp_program_bug_address
/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
= (const char *) 0
#endif
;

30
lib/argp-eexst.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
Copyright (C) 1997, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sysexits.h>
#include "argp.h"
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;

435
lib/argp-fmtstream.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#ifndef isblank
#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <wchar.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
#endif
#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
argp_fmtstream_t
__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
{
argp_fmtstream_t fs;
fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
if (fs != NULL)
{
fs->stream = stream;
fs->lmargin = lmargin;
fs->rmargin = rmargin;
fs->wmargin = wmargin;
fs->point_col = 0;
fs->point_offs = 0;
fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
if (! fs->buf)
{
free (fs);
fs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
}
}
return fs;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
#endif
#endif
/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
void
__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
if (fs->p > fs->buf)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
}
free (fs->buf);
free (fs);
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
#endif
#endif
/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */
void
__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
char *buf, *nl;
size_t len;
/* Scan the buffer for newlines. */
buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
while (buf < fs->p)
{
size_t r;
if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
{
/* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */
const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
{
/* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */
memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */
buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */
}
else
{
/* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
}
}
fs->point_col = pad;
}
len = fs->p - buf;
nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
if (fs->point_col < 0)
fs->point_col = 0;
if (!nl)
{
/* The buffer ends in a partial line. */
if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
{
/* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
within the maximum line width. Advance point for the
characters to be written and stop scanning. */
fs->point_col += len;
break;
}
else
/* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
the end of the buffer. */
nl = fs->p;
}
else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
{
/* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* This line is too long. */
r = fs->rmargin - 1;
if (fs->wmargin < 0)
{
/* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
newline and anything after it in the buffer. */
if (nl < fs->p)
{
memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
/* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
}
else
{
/* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
maximum line width. Advance point for the characters
written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */
fs->point_col += len;
fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line
width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
Then insert a line break. */
char *p, *nextline;
int i;
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p))
--p;
nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */
if (nextline > buf)
{
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
if (p >= buf)
do
--p;
while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
}
else
{
/* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
/* Find the end of the long word. */
if (p < nl)
do
++p;
while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
if (p == nl)
{
/* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */
nl = p;
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
do
++p;
while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
/* The next line will start here. */
nextline = p;
}
/* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */
if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
: nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
&& fs->p > nextline)
{
/* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */
if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
/* Make some space for them. */
{
size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
len = nextline + mv - buf;
*nl++ = '\n';
}
else
/* Output the first line so we can use the space. */
{
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
(int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
if (nl > fs->buf)
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
#endif
len += buf - fs->buf;
nl = buf = fs->buf;
}
}
else
/* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
the next word. */
*nl++ = '\n';
if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
|| (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
/* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
*nl++ = ' ';
else
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
/* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
position. */
if (nl < nextline)
memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
len -= nextline - buf;
/* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */
buf = nl;
/* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */
fs->p = nl + len;
/* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin
is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */
fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
}
}
/* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */
fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
}
/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */
int
__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
{
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
{
ssize_t wrote;
/* Flush FS's buffer. */
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
#else
wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->point_offs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p -= wrote;
fs->point_offs -= wrote;
memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
return 0;
}
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
/* Gotta grow the buffer. */
{
size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
char *new_buf;
if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return 0;
}
fs->buf = new_buf;
fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
fs->p = fs->buf;
}
}
return 1;
}
ssize_t
__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int out;
size_t avail;
size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
do
{
va_list args;
if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
return -1;
va_start (args, fmt);
avail = fs->end - fs->p;
out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
if ((size_t) out >= avail)
size_guess = out + 1;
}
while ((size_t) out >= avail);
fs->p += out;
return out;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */

354
lib/argp-fmtstream.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
shouldn't be installed. */
#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
|| (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */
#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#endif
#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
*slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */
#include <linewrap.h>
typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
/* Guess we have to define our own version. */
struct argp_fmtstream
{
FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */
size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */
ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */
/* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */
size_t point_offs;
/* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */
ssize_t point_col;
char *buf; /* Output buffer. */
char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */
char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */
};
typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3));
extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3));
#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
#endif
/* Access macros for various bits of state. */
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
#endif
/* Internal routines. */
extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
/* Inline versions of above routines. */
#if !_LIBC
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
Whereas Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5479 without -std=c99 or -std=gnu99
implements the GNU C inline semantics and defines the macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__, but it does not warn and does not support
__attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)).
All in all, these are the possible combinations. For every compiler,
we need to choose ARGP_FS_EI so that the corresponding table cell
contains an "ok".
\ ARGP_FS_EI inline extern extern
\ inline inline
CC \ __attribute__
((gnu_inline))
gcc 4.3.0 error ok ok
gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 ok error ok
gcc 4.2.2 error ok ok
gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 error warning ok
gcc 4.1.2 error ok warning
gcc 4.1.2 -std=gnu99 error ok warning
Apple gcc 4.0.1 error ok warning
Apple gcc 4.0.1 -std=gnu99 ok error warning
*/
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
# elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2)
# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
# endif
# else
/* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
# endif
#endif
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len)
{
if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
{
memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
__fs->p += __len;
return __len;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
{
size_t __len = strlen (__str);
if (__len)
{
size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
{
if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
else
return EOF;
}
/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->lmargin;
__fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->rmargin;
__fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->wmargin;
__fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
{
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
}
#if !_LIBC
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */

42
lib/argp-fs-xinl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#define ARGP_FS_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
#endif
#endif

1955
lib/argp-help.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

157
lib/argp-namefrob.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#if !_LIBC
/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those
names to be the normal ones instead. */
/* argp-parse functions */
#undef __argp_parse
#define __argp_parse argp_parse
#undef __option_is_end
#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
#undef __option_is_short
#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
#undef __argp_input
#define __argp_input _argp_input
/* argp-help functions */
#undef __argp_help
#define __argp_help argp_help
#undef __argp_error
#define __argp_error argp_error
#undef __argp_failure
#define __argp_failure argp_failure
#undef __argp_state_help
#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
#undef __argp_usage
#define __argp_usage argp_usage
/* argp-fmtstream functions */
#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* normal libc functions we call */
#undef __flockfile
#define __flockfile flockfile
#undef __funlockfile
#define __funlockfile funlockfile
#undef __mempcpy
#define __mempcpy mempcpy
#undef __sleep
#define __sleep sleep
#undef __strcasecmp
#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
#undef __strchrnul
#define __strchrnul strchrnul
#undef __strerror_r
#define __strerror_r strerror_r
#undef __strndup
#define __strndup strndup
#undef __vsnprintf
#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
#endif
#endif /* !_LIBC */
#ifndef __set_errno
# define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg);
#else
# include "dirname.h"
# define __argp_base_name last_component
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name)
#else
extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
#endif

953
lib/argp-parse.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt
Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <alloca.h>
#include <stdalign.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <getopt_int.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# include "gettext.h"
#endif
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#include "argp.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
/* Getopt return values. */
#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */
#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */
#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */
/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
as options. */
#define QUOTE "--"
/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */
#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
/* The number of bits available for the user value. */
#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */
#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
/* Default options. */
/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus
you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
it to 0 yourself. */
static volatile int _argp_hang;
#define OPT_PROGNAME -2
#define OPT_USAGE -3
#define OPT_HANG -4
static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
{
{"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1},
{"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
{"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
{"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case '?':
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
break;
case OPT_USAGE:
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
break;
case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
program_invocation_name = arg;
#endif
/* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
__PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */
/* Update what we use for messages. */
state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
#endif
if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
== ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* Update what getopt uses too. */
state->argv[0] = arg;
break;
case OPT_HANG:
_argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
__sleep (1);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
{argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
{
{"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case 'V':
if (argp_program_version_hook)
(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
else if (argp_program_version)
fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
else
__argp_error (state, "%s",
dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
"(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
exit (0);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
{argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as
NAME will return the number of options. */
static int
find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
{
struct option *l = long_options;
while (l->name != NULL)
if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
return l - long_options;
else
l++;
if (name == NULL)
return l - long_options;
else
return -1;
}
/* The state of a "group" during parsing. Each group corresponds to a
particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
level argp passed to argp_parse. */
struct group
{
/* This group's parsing function. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* Which argp this group is from. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a
particular short options is from. */
char *short_end;
/* The number of non-option args successfully handled by this parser. */
unsigned args_processed;
/* This group's parser's parent's group. */
struct group *parent;
unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */
/* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
calling this group's parser. */
void *input, **child_inputs;
void *hook;
};
/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has
no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */
static error_t
group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
{
if (group->parser)
{
error_t err;
state->hook = group->hook;
state->input = group->input;
state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
group->hook = state->hook;
return err;
}
else
return EBADKEY;
}
struct parser
{
const struct argp *argp;
/* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
groups of options. */
char *short_opts;
/* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
all the groups of options. */
struct option *long_opts;
/* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */
struct _getopt_data opt_data;
/* States of the various parsing groups. */
struct group *groups;
/* The end of the GROUPS array. */
struct group *egroup;
/* A vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */
void **child_inputs;
/* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is
cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
moves the next argument pointer backwards. */
int try_getopt;
/* State block supplied to parsing routines. */
struct argp_state state;
/* Memory used by this parser. */
void *storage;
};
/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
convert_options. */
struct parser_convert_state
{
struct parser *parser;
char *short_end;
struct option *long_end;
void **child_inputs_end;
};
/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the
next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */
static struct group *
convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
{
/* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */
const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
if (real || argp->parser)
{
const struct argp_option *opt;
if (real)
for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
{
if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
/* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */
real = opt;
if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
/* A real option (not just documentation). */
{
if (__option_is_short (opt))
/* OPT can be used as a short option. */
{
*cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
if (real->arg)
{
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
}
*cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
}
if (opt->name
&& find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
/* OPT can be used as a long option. */
{
cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
cvt->long_end->has_arg =
(real->arg
? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
? optional_argument
: required_argument)
: no_argument);
cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
/* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
values (which is removed before we actually call
the function to parse the value); this means that
the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
however)... */
cvt->long_end->val =
((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK)
+ (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
/* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */
(++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
}
}
}
group->parser = argp->parser;
group->argp = argp;
group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
group->args_processed = 0;
group->parent = parent;
group->parent_index = parent_index;
group->input = 0;
group->hook = 0;
group->child_inputs = 0;
if (children)
/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
{
unsigned num_children = 0;
while (children[num_children].argp)
num_children++;
group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
}
parent = group++;
}
else
parent = 0;
if (children)
{
unsigned index = 0;
while (children->argp)
group =
convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
}
return group;
}
/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropriately prefixed. */
static void
parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
{
struct parser_convert_state cvt;
cvt.parser = parser;
cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
*cvt.short_end++ = '-';
else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
*cvt.short_end++ = '+';
*cvt.short_end = '\0';
cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
parser->argp = argp;
if (argp)
parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
else
parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
}
/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */
struct parser_sizes
{
size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */
size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */
size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */
size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */
};
/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
long-options array, respectively. */
static void
calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs)
{
const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
if (opt || argp->parser)
{
szs->num_groups++;
if (opt)
{
int num_opts = 0;
while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
num_opts++;
szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 ':'s */
szs->long_len += num_opts;
}
}
if (child)
while (child->argp)
{
calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
szs->num_child_inputs++;
}
}
/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */
static error_t
parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
{
error_t err = 0;
struct group *group;
struct parser_sizes szs;
struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
char *storage;
size_t glen, gsum;
size_t clen, csum;
size_t llen, lsum;
size_t slen, ssum;
szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
szs.long_len = 0;
szs.num_groups = 0;
szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
if (argp)
calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
/* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */
glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
slen = szs.short_len + 1;
/* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to
align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need
to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
strictly as char. */
gsum = glen;
csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
lsum = csum + llen;
ssum = lsum + slen;
parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
if (! parser->storage)
return ENOMEM;
storage = parser->storage;
parser->groups = parser->storage;
parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
parser->opt_data = opt_data;
memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
parser->state.argc = argc;
parser->state.argv = argv;
parser->state.flags = flags;
parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */
parser->state.pstate = parser;
parser->try_getopt = 1;
/* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
values to child parsers. */
if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
parser->groups->input = input;
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
group++)
{
if (group->parent)
/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
if (!group->parser
&& group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */
group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
}
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
if (err)
return err;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
{
parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long
as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */
parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
}
else
parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */
if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
/* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */
parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
else
parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
return 0;
}
/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */
static error_t
parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
{
struct group *group;
if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
/* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */
err = 0;
if (! err)
{
if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
/* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again,
just a few more times... */
{
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group++)
if (group->args_processed == 0)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
/* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */
if (end_index)
*end_index = parser->state.next;
}
else if (end_index)
/* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */
*end_index = parser->state.next;
else
/* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
{
if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
&& parser->state.err_stream)
fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
"%s: Too many arguments\n"),
parser->state.name);
err = EBADKEY;
}
}
/* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
to indicate which one. */
if (err)
{
/* Maybe print an error message. */
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
been printed earlier. */
__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
/* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
}
else
/* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */
{
/* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
the parent. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1
; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
; group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
}
/* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = EINVAL;
free (parser->storage);
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
consumed. */
static error_t
parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
{
/* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */
int index = --parser->state.next;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
struct group *group;
int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */
/* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */
for (group = parser->groups
; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
; group++)
{
parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
{
parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
}
}
if (! err)
{
if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
consumed. */
parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
if (parser->state.next > index)
/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
the clock back. */
(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
else
/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */
parser->try_getopt = 1;
}
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
current position, returning any error. */
static error_t
parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
{
/* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
group_number + 1 for long opts. */
int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
if (group_key == 0)
/* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
determine which group OPT came from. */
{
struct group *group;
char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
if (short_index)
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->short_end > short_index)
{
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
break;
}
}
else
/* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
the user value in order to preserve the sign. */
err =
group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
(opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
with each option. */
{
static const char bad_key_err[] =
N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
if (group_key == 0)
__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
else
{
struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
long_opt++;
__argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
}
}
return err;
}
/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
generally not fatal). */
static error_t
parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
{
int opt;
error_t err = 0;
if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
/* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
region, so pretend we never saw the quoting "--", and give getopt
another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
process it again. */
parser->state.quoted = 0;
if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
/* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */
{
/* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */
parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
/* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */
parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
else
opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
/* And see what getopt did. */
parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
if (opt == KEY_END)
/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */
{
parser->try_getopt = 0;
if (parser->state.next > 1
&& strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
== 0)
/* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
"quoted" region, which may have args that *look* like
options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
here, whatever happens. */
parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
}
else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 0;
return EBADKEY;
}
}
else
opt = KEY_END;
if (opt == KEY_END)
{
/* We're past what getopt considers the options. */
if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
|| (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
/* Indicate that we're done. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 1;
return EBADKEY;
}
else
/* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */
{
opt = KEY_ARG;
parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
}
}
if (opt == KEY_ARG)
/* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */
err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
else
err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
*arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
return err;
}
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */
error_t
__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
int *end_index, void *input)
{
error_t err;
struct parser parser;
/* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */
int arg_ebadkey = 0;
#ifndef _LIBC
if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
{
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
if (!program_invocation_name)
program_invocation_name = argv[0];
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
if (!program_invocation_short_name)
program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
#endif
}
#endif
if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
/* Add our own options. */
{
struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
/* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
argps. */
memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
top_argp->children = child;
memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
if (argp)
(child++)->argp = argp;
(child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
child->argp = 0;
argp = top_argp;
}
/* Construct a parser for these arguments. */
err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
if (! err)
/* Parse! */
{
while (! err)
err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
}
return err;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
void *
__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
{
if (state)
{
struct group *group;
struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->argp == argp)
return group->input;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
#endif

26
lib/argp-pin.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* Full and short program names for argp module
Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
char *program_invocation_name = 0;
#endif

34
lib/argp-pv.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
const char *argp_program_version
/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-01/msg00329.html>
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2009-08/msg00096.html>. */
#if defined __ELF__
/* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
#else
= (const char *) 0
#endif
;

31
lib/argp-pvh.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "argp.h"
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;

42
lib/argp-xinl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1
#endif
#define ARGP_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp.h"
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
#endif

645
lib/argp.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2003-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ARGP_H
#define _ARGP_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define __need_error_t
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef __THROW
# define __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __NTH
# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
#endif
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */
#ifndef __restrict
# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __error_t_defined
typedef int error_t;
# define __error_t_defined
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of
these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option
entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
struct argp_option
{
/* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you
can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
const char *name;
/* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's
also accepted as a short option. */
int key;
/* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
const char *arg;
/* OPTION_ flags. */
int flags;
/* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a ':'.
Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
it into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted
alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with
if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic
options such as --help are put into group -1. */
int group;
};
/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */
#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1
/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */
#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2
/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This
means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */
#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4
/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag
is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no '--'
prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not '-', this
entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
'-') in the same group. */
#define OPTION_DOC 0x8
/* This option shouldn't be included in "long" usage messages (but is still
included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are
completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance,
if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the '-x' option's purpose is to
distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
OPTION_NO_USAGE. */
#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10
/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
of option name. */
#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20
struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */
struct argp_state; /* " */
struct argp_child; /* " */
/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */
typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
struct argp_state *state);
/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned
into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */
#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */
/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
uppercased word should be prefixed by 'ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all
or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed
or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
with an error message if not).
If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */
/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a
parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the
argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
processed again. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0
/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but
STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
consumed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006
/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */
#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001
/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before
ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
arguments can take place). */
#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002
/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each
element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */
#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003
/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */
#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007
/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
still arguments remaining). */
#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004
/* Passed in if an error occurs. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005
/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually
parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */
struct argp
{
/* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */
const struct argp_option *options;
/* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key
associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It
is only used by argp_usage to print the "Usage:" message. If it
contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
the first are prefix by " or: " instead of "Usage:"). */
const char *args_doc;
/* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
'\v' character).
Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any
conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
own. */
const struct argp_child *children;
/* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function
should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
meaning "print nothing". The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input
supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */
char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
/* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed
default domain is used. */
const char *argp_domain;
};
/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceding options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
TEXT is NULL for this key. */
/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
suppressed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */
/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */
struct argp_child
{
/* The child parser. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Flags for this child. */
int flags;
/* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
printing a header string, use a value of "". */
const char *header;
/* Where to group the child options relative to the other ("consolidated")
options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
(merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */
int group;
};
/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */
struct argp_state
{
/* The top level ARGP being parsed. */
const struct argp *root_argp;
/* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */
int argc;
char **argv;
/* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */
int next;
/* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */
unsigned flags;
/* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such
arguments that have been processed. */
unsigned arg_num;
/* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
'--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
int quoted;
/* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */
void *input;
/* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as
the number of children for the current parser. */
void **child_inputs;
/* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */
void *hook;
/* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0],
or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */
char *name;
/* Streams used when argp prints something. */
FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */
};
/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
convenient for program command line parsing): */
/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless
ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
in a command line. */
#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01
/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */
#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02
/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by
calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all
args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set,
as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
be handled. */
#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04
/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08
/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10
/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */
#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20
/* Use the gnu getopt "long-only" rules for parsing arguments. */
#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40
/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */
#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */
extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
/* Global variables. */
/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
program_invocation_short_name are available */
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
#endif
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
#endif
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
extern const char *argp_program_version;
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
struct argp_state *__restrict
__state);
/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by
argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
"Report bugs to ADDR." */
extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
/* Flags for argp_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a "Try ... for more help" message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */
/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
error message has already been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
(ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
more specific error message has been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
| ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
char *__name);
/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
them *not* to exit, and should return an appropriate error after calling
them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
but they're used often enough that they should be short] */
/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */
extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
#endif
/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
by the program name and ':', to stderr, and followed by a "Try ... --help"
message, then exit (1). */
extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
*parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5));
extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5));
#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */
extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
options array. */
extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# if !_LIBC
# define __argp_usage argp_usage
# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
# define __option_is_short _option_is_short
# define __option_is_end _option_is_end
# endif
# ifndef ARGP_EI
# ifdef __GNUC__
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation. */
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define ARGP_EI __inline__
# elif defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
# endif
# else
/* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
# define ARGP_EI inline
# endif
# endif
ARGP_EI void
__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
{
__argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
return 0;
else
{
int __key = __opt->key;
return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
}
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
}
# if !_LIBC
# undef __argp_usage
# undef __argp_state_help
# undef __option_is_short
# undef __option_is_end
# endif
#endif /* Use extern inlines. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* argp.h */

34
lib/asnprintf.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

75
lib/basename-lgpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

86
lib/dirname-lgpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *file)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
size_t length;
/* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
: (ISSLASH (file[0])
? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
? 2 : 1))
: 0));
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = last_component (file) - file;
prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
break;
return length;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
ignoring them). Return NULL on failure.
If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
char *
mdir_name (char const *file)
{
size_t length = dir_len (file);
bool append_dot = (length == 0
|| (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
&& file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
if (!dir)
return NULL;
memcpy (dir, file, length);
if (append_dot)
dir[length++] = '.';
dir[length] = '\0';
return dir;
}

46
lib/dirname.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include "dosname.h"
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
# endif
# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
char *base_name (char const *file);
char *dir_name (char const *file);
# endif
char *mdir_name (char const *file);
size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

53
lib/dosname.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _DOSNAME_H
#define _DOSNAME_H
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || \
defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \
defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__)
/* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
letters use ASCII. */
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
<= 'z' - 'a')
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
# ifndef __CYGWIN__
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
# endif
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#else
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
#endif
#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
#endif
#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
# else
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
(ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0)
#endif
#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */

274
lib/errno.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 122
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 111
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 121
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 134
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 104
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 132
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 129
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 117
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 106
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 105
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EINPROGRESS
# define EINPROGRESS 112
# define EALREADY 103
# define ENOTSOCK 128
# define EDESTADDRREQ 109
# define EMSGSIZE 115
# define EPROTOTYPE 136
# define ENOPROTOOPT 123
# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
# define EOPNOTSUPP 130
# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
# define EADDRINUSE 100
# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
# define ENETDOWN 116
# define ENETUNREACH 118
# define ECONNRESET 108
# define ENOBUFS 119
# define EISCONN 113
# define ENOTCONN 126
# define ETIMEDOUT 138
# define ECONNREFUSED 107
# define ELOOP 114
# define EHOSTUNREACH 110
# define EWOULDBLOCK 140
# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
# endif
# ifndef ETXTBSY
# define ETXTBSY 139
# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
# endif
/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
in <winsock2.h>. */
# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EDQUOT 10069
# define ESTALE 10070
# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
# endif
/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */
# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
errno values from the system. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 2000
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 2001
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 2002
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 2003
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EMULTIHOP
# define EMULTIHOP 2004
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 2005
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 2006
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 2007
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 2011
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 2012
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ESTALE
# define ESTALE 2009
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
# endif
# ifndef EDQUOT
# define EDQUOT 2010
# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 2008
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
defined. */
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# if defined __sun
/* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 58
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
# elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */
# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
/* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 43
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
# else
/* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# endif
# else
# define EOWNERDEAD 2013
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
# endif
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */

147
lib/float+.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
#define _FLOATPLUS_H
#include <float.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
"hidden bit". */
#if FLT_RADIX == 2
# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
#endif
/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number. */
#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
the exponent's sign. */
#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
(FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
(DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
(LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
exponent, and the sign. */
#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'. For example, on i386 systems,
'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16. */
#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc. */
typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */

33
lib/float.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <float.h>
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
#elif defined __i386__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
#else
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
this file is never empty. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif

188
lib/float.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/* A correct <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
/* 'long double' properties. */
#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.0842021724855044340E-19L
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935063E-4932L
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
# define LDBL_MAX 1.1897314953572317650E+4932L
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime. See
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>. */
#if defined __i386__ && defined __FreeBSD__
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression. */
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
long double ld;
};
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
wrong.
On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong. */
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
#endif
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
It is not easy to define:
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
is too small, whereas
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
is too large. Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
Also, I can't get values larger than
#define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
#define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
or through a pointer cast
#define LDBL_MAX \
(*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
does not work well when GCC is optimizing.. */
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
long double ld;
};
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
#endif
/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
are wrong. */
#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
# if defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
# endif
#endif
#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
of glibc 2.7. */
extern
# ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
# endif
void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */

1245
lib/getopt.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

253
lib/getopt.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. We must
also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
<getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough. */
#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
#ifndef __need_getopt
# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
#endif
/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
defined in this header. When this happens, include the
headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
confusion if included after this file (if the system had <getopt.h>,
we have already included it). Then systematically rename
identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
linkers. */
#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# endif
# undef __need_getopt
# undef getopt
# undef getopt_long
# undef getopt_long_only
# undef optarg
# undef opterr
# undef optind
# undef optopt
# undef option
# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
#endif
/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes
with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
This used to be '#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
__need_getopt.
The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
the conditional as follows:
*/
#if !defined __need_getopt
# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
# else
# define __getopt_argv_const const
# endif
#endif
/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifndef __THROW
# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
# endif
# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __THROW throw ()
# else
# define __THROW
# endif
#endif
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
#ifndef __need_getopt
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field 'has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
returns the contents of the 'val' field. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_option
struct option
{
const char *name;
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
# define GNULIB_defined_struct_option 1
# endif
/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'. */
# define no_argument 0
# define required_argument 1
# define optional_argument 2
#endif /* need getopt */
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
options given in OPTS.
Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
returned.
The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
options.
If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
'getopt'. If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
the environment, then do not permute arguments. */
extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
#ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
#undef __need_getopt
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */

170
lib/getopt1.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987-1994, 1996-1998, 2004, 2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <getopt.h>
#else
# include <config.h>
# include "getopt.h"
#endif
#include "getopt_int.h"
#include <stdio.h>
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 0, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
0, d, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 1, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
1, d, 0);
}
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static const struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

135
lib/getopt_int.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/* Internal declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
#include <getopt.h>
extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
vectors at the same time. */
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
If the caller did not specify anything,
the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
This is what Unix does.
This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using '+' as the first character
of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we
scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
that were not written to expect this.
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each
non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
with character code 1. Using '-' as the first character of the
list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
of the value of 'ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
'--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC. */
enum __ord
{
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
};
/* Data type for reentrant functions. */
struct _getopt_data
{
/* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
versions of getopt. */
int optind;
int opterr;
int optopt;
char *optarg;
/* Internal members. */
/* True if the internal members have been initialized. */
int __initialized;
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
in which the last option character we returned was found.
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
char *__nextchar;
/* See __ord above. */
enum __ord __ordering;
/* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
or getopt was called. */
int __posixly_correct;
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
been skipped. 'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
int __first_nonopt;
int __last_nonopt;
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
int __nonoption_flags_len;
#endif
};
/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
int __posixly_correct);
extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts,
int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
#endif /* getopt_int.h */

288
lib/gettext.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) \
dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
# endif
#else
/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
is OK. */
#if defined(__sun)
# include <locale.h>
#endif
/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
<libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
# include <cstdlib>
# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
# endif
#endif
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
# undef dcgettext
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 \
? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
: ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
# undef dngettext
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef dcngettext
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# undef textdomain
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# undef bindtextdomain
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override. */
#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
# undef setlocale
# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
#endif
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
translation is done at a different place in the code.
The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
and other string expressions won't work.
The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
#define gettext_noop(String) String
/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
short and rarely need to change.
The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
return msgid;
else
return translation;
}
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
const char *translation =
dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
else
return translation;
}
/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
less efficient than those above. */
#include <string.h>
#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
/* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
#else
# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
#endif
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
return translation;
}
return msgid;
}
#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
return translation;
}
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
}
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

319
lib/intprops.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H
#define _GL_INTPROPS_H
#include <limits.h>
/* Return an integer value, converted to the same type as the integer
expression E after integer type promotion. V is the unconverted value. */
#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) + (v))
/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00406.html>. */
#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) - (v))
/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0. */
/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type. bool counts as
an integer. */
#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
/* True if negative values of the signed integer type T use two's
complement, ones' complement, or signed magnitude representation,
respectively. Much GNU code assumes two's complement, but some
people like to be portable to all possible C hosts. */
#define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
#define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
#define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
/* True if the signed integer expression E uses two's complement. */
#define _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(e) (~ _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0) == -1)
/* True if the arithmetic type T is signed. */
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
/* Return 1 if the integer expression E, after integer promotion, has
a signed type. */
#define _GL_INT_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0)
/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions. These
macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
your host. */
/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T. */
#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) 0 \
: TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t) \
? ~ (t) 0 \
: ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t)))
#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) -1 \
: ((((t) 1 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E,
after integer promotion. E should not have side effects. */
#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e) \
(_GL_INT_SIGNED (e) \
? - _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT (e) - _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \
: _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0))
#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \
(_GL_INT_SIGNED (e) \
? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \
: _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1))
#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \
(((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (sizeof ((e) + 0) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
/* Return 1 if the __typeof__ keyword works. This could be done by
'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand. */
#if 2 <= __GNUC__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1
#else
# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0
#endif
/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed. Return 0
if it is definitely unsigned. This macro does not evaluate its argument,
and expands to an integer constant expression. */
#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
#else
# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1
#endif
/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer
value representable in B bits. log10 (2.0) < 146/485. The
smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621. */
#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485)
/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for
a minus sign if needed.
Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 0 when its argument is
signed, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when
applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes. */
#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
(INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT \
- _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) \
+ _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))
/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
including the terminating null. */
#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
/* Range overflow checks.
The INT_<op>_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C
operators might not yield numerically correct answers due to
arithmetic overflow. They do not rely on undefined or
implementation-defined behavior. Their implementations are simple
and straightforward, but they are a bit harder to use than the
INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros described below.
Example usage:
long int i = ...;
long int j = ...;
if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX))
printf ("multiply would overflow");
else
printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros:
These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times,
so the arguments should not have side effects. The arithmetic
arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same
integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type
must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX. Unsigned types should
use a zero MIN of the proper type.
These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX. For commutative
operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B. */
/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. */
#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((b) < 0 \
? (a) < (min) - (b) \
: (max) - (b) < (a))
/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. */
#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((b) < 0 \
? (max) + (b) < (a) \
: (a) < (min) + (b))
/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. */
#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max) \
((min) < 0 \
? (a) < - (max) \
: 0 < (a))
/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Avoid && and || as they tickle
bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-05/msg00401.html>. */
#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((b) < 0 \
? ((a) < 0 \
? (a) < (max) / (b) \
: (b) == -1 \
? 0 \
: (min) / (b) < (a)) \
: (b) == 0 \
? 0 \
: ((a) < 0 \
? (a) < (min) / (b) \
: (max) / (b) < (a)))
/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero. */
#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max))
/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero.
Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts
INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this
as an overflow too. */
#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)
/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
See above for restrictions. Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need
not be of the same type as the other arguments. The C standard says that
behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when
A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has
implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other
restrictions. */
#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((a) < 0 \
? (a) < (min) >> (b) \
: (max) >> (b) < (a))
/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the
*_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands
(e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX. Instead, they assume
that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type. */
#define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \
: (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) \
: (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b) \
: (a) + (b) < (b))
#define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \
: (a) < 0 ? 1 \
: (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a) \
: (a) < (b))
#define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
(((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a)))) \
|| INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max))
#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \
: (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1 \
: (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a))
#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \
: (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b) \
: (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max))
/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where
A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's
type. A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type. Normally (A %
-B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow. */
#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max) \
(((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) \
? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max) \
? (a) \
: (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1)) \
: (a) % - (b)) \
== 0)
/* Integer overflow checks.
The INT_<op>_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators
might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow.
They work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
Example usage:
long int i = ...;
long int j = ...;
if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (i, j))
printf ("multiply would overflow");
else
printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
arguments should not have side effects.
These macros are tuned for their last argument being a constant.
Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B,
A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively. */
#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
_GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW)
#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \
_GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
/* Return 1 if the expression A <op> B would overflow,
where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test,
assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type.
Arguments should be free of side effects. */
#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow) \
op_result_overflow (a, b, \
_GL_INT_MINIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)), \
_GL_INT_MAXIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)))
#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */

28
lib/itold.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine.
Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <float.h>
void
_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a)
{
/* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'. */
*result = (double) a;
}

56
lib/malloc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
#include <config.h>
/* Only the AC_FUNC_MALLOC macro defines 'malloc' already in config.h. */
#ifdef malloc
# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
# undef malloc
/* Whereas the gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU. */
#elif GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
void *
rpl_malloc (size_t n)
{
void *result;
#if NEED_MALLOC_GNU
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
#endif
result = malloc (n);
#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
if (result == NULL)
errno = ENOMEM;
#endif
return result;
}

172
lib/memchr.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2012
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined _LIBC
# include <memcopy.h>
#else
# define reg_char char
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
# include <bp-sym.h>
#else
# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
#endif
#undef __memchr
#ifdef _LIBC
# undef memchr
#endif
#ifndef weak_alias
# define __memchr memchr
#endif
/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */
void *
__memchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
{
/* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
performance. */
typedef unsigned long int longword;
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const longword *longword_ptr;
longword repeated_one;
longword repeated_c;
unsigned reg_char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
--n, ++char_ptr)
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (void *) char_ptr;
longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
/* Compute auxiliary longword values:
repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
repeated_c has c in every byte. */
repeated_one = 0x01010101;
repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
if (8 < sizeof (longword))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
}
}
}
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
bytes in the longword in question are equal to c. We first use an xor
with repeated_c. This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the
four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
We compute tmp =
((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
That is, we perform the following operations:
1. Subtract repeated_one.
2. & ~longword1.
3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
Consider what happens in each byte:
- If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
to more significant bytes.
- If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to
testing whether tmp is nonzero. */
while (n >= sizeof (longword))
{
longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
& (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
break;
longword_ptr++;
n -= sizeof (longword);
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
/* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian
machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further
memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. Choose code
that works in both cases. */
for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr)
{
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (void *) char_ptr;
}
return NULL;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
#endif

14
lib/memchr.valgrind Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in memchr().
# POSIX states that when the character is found, memchr must not read extra
# bytes in an overestimated length (for example, where memchr is used to
# implement strnlen). However, we use a safe word read to provide a speedup.
{
memchr-value4
Memcheck:Value4
fun:rpl_memchr
}
{
memchr-value8
Memcheck:Value8
fun:rpl_memchr
}

28
lib/mempcpy.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
last written byte. */
void *
mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
{
return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
}

187
lib/printf-args.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# include "printf-args.h"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
{
size_t i;
argument *ap;
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
switch (ap->type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_INT:
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
break;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
break;
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
break;
case TYPE_CHAR:
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
break;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
ap->a.a_wide_char =
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
? (wint_t) va_arg (args, int)
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
break;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
{
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
{
(wchar_t)'(',
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
(wchar_t)')',
(wchar_t)0
};
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
break;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
break;
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
{
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
}
break;
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
{
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
}
break;
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
{
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
default:
/* Unknown type. */
return -1;
}
return 0;
}

158
lib/printf-args.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
/* Default parameters. */
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
#endif
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get wchar_t. */
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* Get wint_t. */
#if HAVE_WINT_T
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Argument types */
typedef enum
{
TYPE_NONE,
TYPE_SCHAR,
TYPE_UCHAR,
TYPE_SHORT,
TYPE_USHORT,
TYPE_INT,
TYPE_UINT,
TYPE_LONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGINT,
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
#endif
TYPE_DOUBLE,
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
TYPE_CHAR,
#if HAVE_WINT_T
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
#endif
TYPE_STRING,
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
#endif
TYPE_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
, TYPE_U8_STRING
, TYPE_U16_STRING
, TYPE_U32_STRING
#endif
} arg_type;
/* Polymorphic argument */
typedef struct
{
arg_type type;
union
{
signed char a_schar;
unsigned char a_uchar;
short a_short;
unsigned short a_ushort;
int a_int;
unsigned int a_uint;
long int a_longint;
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int a_longlongint;
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
#endif
float a_float;
double a_double;
long double a_longdouble;
int a_char;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
wint_t a_wide_char;
#endif
const char* a_string;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
#endif
void* a_pointer;
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
short * a_count_short_pointer;
int * a_count_int_pointer;
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
#endif
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
#endif
}
a;
}
argument;
/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
argument *arg;
argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
}
arguments;
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */

638
lib/printf-parse.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
in the format string are ASCII.
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
Depends on CHAR_T.
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
Depends on CHAR_T.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Default parameters. */
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
#endif
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get intmax_t. */
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <inttypes.h>
# endif
#else
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* memcpy(). */
#include <string.h>
/* errno. */
#include <errno.h>
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
/* c_isascii(). */
# include "c-ctype.h"
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
{
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
size_t max_width_length = 0;
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
d->count = 0;
d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
a->count = 0;
a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
{ \
size_t n = (_index_); \
if (n >= a_allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
argument *memory; \
\
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
if (a_allocated <= n) \
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
goto out_of_memory; \
memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg \
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
: malloc (memory_size)); \
if (memory == NULL) \
/* Out of memory. */ \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg) \
memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument)); \
a->arg = memory; \
} \
while (a->count <= n) \
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
goto error; \
}
while (*cp != '\0')
{
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
if (c == '%')
{
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
/* Initialize the next directive. */
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
dp->flags = 0;
dp->width_start = NULL;
dp->width_end = NULL;
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->precision_start = NULL;
dp->precision_end = NULL;
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
/* Read the flags. */
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == '\'')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '-')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '+')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == ' ')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '#')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '0')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
cp++;
}
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
else if (*cp == 'I')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
cp++;
}
#endif
else
break;
}
/* Parse the field width. */
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->width_start = cp;
cp++;
dp->width_end = cp;
if (max_width_length < 1)
max_width_length = 1;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
size_t width_length;
dp->width_start = cp;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->width_end = cp;
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
if (max_width_length < width_length)
max_width_length = width_length;
}
/* Parse the precision. */
if (*cp == '.')
{
cp++;
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
cp++;
dp->precision_end = cp;
if (max_precision_length < 2)
max_precision_length = 2;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
later. */
goto error;
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else
{
size_t precision_length;
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->precision_end = cp;
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
max_precision_length = precision_length;
}
}
{
arg_type type;
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
{
int flags = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == 'h')
{
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'L')
{
flags |= 4;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'l')
{
flags += 8;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'j')
{
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* intmax_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* intmax_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
{
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* size_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* size_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 't')
{
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
/* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
else if (*cp == 'q')
{
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
{
/* int64_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else
{
/* int64_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#endif
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
{
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
{
/* __int64 = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else
{
/* __int64 = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp += 3;
}
#endif
else
break;
}
/* Read the conversion character. */
c = *cp++;
switch (c)
{
case 'd': case 'i':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_SHORT;
else
type = TYPE_INT;
break;
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_USHORT;
else
type = TYPE_UINT;
break;
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
else
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
break;
case 'c':
if (flags >= 8)
#if HAVE_WINT_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_CHAR;
break;
#if HAVE_WINT_T
case 'C':
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
c = 'c';
break;
#endif
case 's':
if (flags >= 8)
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_STRING;
break;
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
case 'S':
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
c = 's';
break;
#endif
case 'p':
type = TYPE_POINTER;
break;
case 'n':
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
else
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
break;
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* The unistdio extensions. */
case 'U':
if (flags >= 16)
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
else if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
else
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
break;
#endif
case '%':
type = TYPE_NONE;
break;
default:
/* Unknown conversion character. */
goto error;
}
}
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
}
dp->conversion = c;
dp->dir_end = cp;
}
d->count++;
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
{
size_t memory_size;
DIRECTIVE *memory;
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
: malloc (memory_size));
if (memory == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
d->dir = memory;
}
}
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
else if (!c_isascii (c))
{
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
goto error;
}
#endif
}
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
return 0;
error:
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
free (d->dir);
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
out_of_memory:
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
free (d->dir);
errno = ENOMEM;
return -1;
}
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
#undef CHAR_T

193
lib/printf-parse.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
#endif
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
#endif
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* xxx_directive: A parsed directive.
xxx_directives: A parsed format string. */
/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const char* dir_start;
const char* dir_end;
int flags;
const char* width_start;
const char* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const char* precision_start;
const char* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
char_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
char_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
char_directives;
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const uint8_t* dir_start;
const uint8_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const uint8_t* width_start;
const uint8_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const uint8_t* precision_start;
const uint8_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
uint8_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
u8_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
u8_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
u8_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
u8_directives;
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const uint16_t* dir_start;
const uint16_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const uint16_t* width_start;
const uint16_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const uint16_t* precision_start;
const uint16_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
uint16_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
u16_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
u16_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
u16_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
u16_directives;
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const uint32_t* dir_start;
const uint32_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const uint32_t* width_start;
const uint32_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const uint32_t* precision_start;
const uint32_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
uint32_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
u32_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
u32_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
u32_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
}
u32_directives;
#endif
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
extern int
ulc_printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
extern int
u8_printf_parse (const uint8_t *format, u8_directives *d, arguments *a);
extern int
u16_printf_parse (const uint16_t *format, u16_directives *d,
arguments *a);
extern int
u32_printf_parse (const uint32_t *format, u32_directives *d,
arguments *a);
#else
# ifdef STATIC
STATIC
# else
extern
# endif
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */

136
lib/rawmemchr.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/* Searching in a string.
Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Find the first occurrence of C in S. */
void *
rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in)
{
/* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
performance. */
typedef unsigned long int longword;
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const longword *longword_ptr;
longword repeated_one;
longword repeated_c;
unsigned char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
(size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
++char_ptr)
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (void *) char_ptr;
longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
/* Compute auxiliary longword values:
repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
repeated_c has c in every byte. */
repeated_one = 0x01010101;
repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
if (8 < sizeof (longword))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
}
}
}
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of
the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or
c. We first use an xor with repeated_c. This reduces the task
to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
We compute tmp =
((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
That is, we perform the following operations:
1. Subtract repeated_one.
2. & ~longword1.
3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
Consider what happens in each byte:
- If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
to more significant bytes.
- If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent
to testing whether tmp is nonzero.
This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where
C_IN is encountered. However, this is considered safe since the
initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned,
therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not
cause a fault. */
while (1)
{
longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
& (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
break;
longword_ptr++;
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
/* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian machines, we
could determine the first such byte without any further memory
accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines.
Choose code that works in both cases. */
char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
while (*char_ptr != c)
char_ptr++;
return (void *) char_ptr;
}

12
lib/rawmemchr.valgrind Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in rawmemchr().
# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
{
rawmemchr-value4
Memcheck:Value4
fun:rawmemchr
}
{
rawmemchr-value8
Memcheck:Value8
fun:rawmemchr
}

30
lib/size_max.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* size_max.h -- declare SIZE_MAX through system headers
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Simon Josefsson.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
#define GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like Solaris 7/8/9. */
# include <limits.h>
/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like glibc 2. */
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
/* On systems where these include files don't define it, SIZE_MAX is defined
in config.h. */
#endif /* GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H */

76
lib/sleep.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* Pausing execution of the current thread.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "verify.h"
#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
# include <windows.h>
unsigned int
sleep (unsigned int seconds)
{
unsigned int remaining;
/* Sleep for 1 second many times, because
1. Sleep is not interruptible by Ctrl-C,
2. we want to avoid arithmetic overflow while multiplying with 1000. */
for (remaining = seconds; remaining > 0; remaining--)
Sleep (1000);
return remaining;
}
#elif HAVE_SLEEP
# undef sleep
/* Guarantee unlimited sleep and a reasonable return value. Cygwin
1.5.x rejects attempts to sleep more than 49.7 days (2**32
milliseconds), but uses uninitialized memory which results in a
garbage answer. Similarly, Linux 2.6.9 with glibc 2.3.4 has a too
small return value when asked to sleep more than 24.85 days. */
unsigned int
rpl_sleep (unsigned int seconds)
{
/* This requires int larger than 16 bits. */
verify (UINT_MAX / 24 / 24 / 60 / 60);
const unsigned int limit = 24 * 24 * 60 * 60;
while (limit < seconds)
{
unsigned int result;
seconds -= limit;
result = sleep (limit);
if (result)
return seconds + result;
}
return sleep (seconds);
}
#else /* !HAVE_SLEEP */
#error "Please port gnulib sleep.c to your platform, possibly using usleep() or select(), then report this to bug-gnulib."
#endif

90
lib/stdalign.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/* A substitute for ISO C11 <stdalign.h>.
Copyright 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible. */
#ifndef _GL_STDALIGN_H
#define _GL_STDALIGN_H
/* ISO C11 <stdalign.h> for platforms that lack it.
References:
ISO C11 (latest free draft
<http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg14/www/docs/n1570.pdf>)
sections 6.5.3.4, 6.7.5, 7.15.
C++11 (latest free draft
<http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2011/n3242.pdf>)
section 18.10. */
/* alignof (TYPE), also known as _Alignof (TYPE), yields the alignment
requirement of a structure member (i.e., slot or field) that is of
type TYPE, as an integer constant expression.
This differs from GCC's __alignof__ operator, which can yield a
better-performing alignment for an object of that type. For
example, on x86 with GCC, __alignof__ (double) and __alignof__
(long long) are 8, whereas alignof (double) and alignof (long long)
are 4 unless the option '-malign-double' is used.
The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant, if you
want to be portable to HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined __cplusplus
template <class __t> struct __alignof_helper { char __a; __t __b; };
# define _Alignof(type) offsetof (__alignof_helper<type>, __b)
#else
# define _Alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __a; type __b; }, __b)
#endif
#define alignof _Alignof
#define __alignof_is_defined 1
/* alignas (A), also known as _Alignas (A), aligns a variable or type
to the alignment A, where A is an integer constant expression. For
example:
int alignas (8) foo;
struct s { int a; int alignas (8) bar; };
aligns the address of FOO and the offset of BAR to be multiples of 8.
A should be a power of two that is at least the type's alignment
and at most the implementation's alignment limit. This limit is
2**28 on typical GNUish hosts, and 2**13 on MSVC. To be portable
to MSVC through at least version 10.0, A should be an integer
constant, as MSVC does not support expressions such as 1 << 3.
To be portable to Sun C 5.11, do not align auto variables to
anything stricter than their default alignment.
The following C11 requirements are not supported here:
- If A is zero, alignas has no effect.
- alignas can be used multiple times; the strictest one wins.
- alignas (TYPE) is equivalent to alignas (alignof (TYPE)).
*/
#if __GNUC__ || __IBMC__ || __IBMCPP__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
# define _Alignas(a) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (a)))
#elif 1300 <= _MSC_VER
# define _Alignas(a) __declspec (align (a))
#endif
#ifdef _Alignas
# define alignas _Alignas
# define __alignas_is_defined 1
#endif
#endif /* _GL_STDALIGN_H */

132
lib/stdbool.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H
#define _GL_STDBOOL_H
/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it. */
/* Usage suggestions:
Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations
and standards compliance issues.
Standards compliance:
- <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
can be used.
- You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
- Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
- <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
- You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
- Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported. Portable code
should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'.
- In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'. This doesn't work
with this substitute. With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
- C99 allows the use of (_Bool)0.0 in constant expressions, but
this substitute cannot always provide this property.
Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common. */
/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1. We use the same
definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them. */
#if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
# include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */
# undef false
# undef true
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define _Bool bool
# define bool bool
#else
# if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
/* A compiler known to have 'bool'. */
/* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they
are the same types. */
# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
typedef bool _Bool;
# endif
# else
# if !defined __GNUC__
/* If @HAVE__BOOL@:
Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when
the built-in _Bool type is used. See
http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file
wouldn't be used if <stdbool.h> was working.
So we override the _Bool type.
If !@HAVE__BOOL@:
Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type?
Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid
"warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".
Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid
"warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type".
Even the existence of an enum type, without a typedef,
"Invalid enumerator. (badenum)" with HP-UX cc on Tru64.
The only benefit of the enum, debuggability, is not important
with these compilers. So use 'signed char' and no enum. */
# define _Bool signed char
# else
/* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it. */
# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
/* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, define true and false as
enum constants, not only as macros.
It is tempting to write
typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But then
values of type '_Bool' might promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
(see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
(see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)). So add a negative value to the
enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'. */
typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
# endif
# endif
# endif
# define bool _Bool
#endif
/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define false false
# define true true
#else
# define false 0
# define true 1
#endif
#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */

86
lib/stddef.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* A substitute for POSIX 2008 <stddef.h>, for platforms that have issues.
Copyright (C) 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Eric Blake. */
/*
* POSIX 2008 <stddef.h> for platforms that have issues.
* <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/stddef.h.html>
*/
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if defined __need_wchar_t || defined __need_size_t \
|| defined __need_ptrdiff_t || defined __need_NULL \
|| defined __need_wint_t
/* Special invocation convention inside gcc header files. In
particular, gcc provides a version of <stddef.h> that blindly
redefines NULL even when __need_wint_t was defined, even though
wint_t is not normally provided by <stddef.h>. Hence, we must
remember if special invocation has ever been used to obtain wint_t,
in which case we need to clean up NULL yet again. */
# if !(defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H && defined _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T)
# ifdef __need_wint_t
# undef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
# define _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T
# endif
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
# endif
#else
/* Normal invocation convention. */
# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
/* On NetBSD 5.0, the definition of NULL lacks proper parentheses. */
#if @REPLACE_NULL@
# undef NULL
# ifdef __cplusplus
/* ISO C++ says that the macro NULL must expand to an integer constant
expression, hence '((void *) 0)' is not allowed in C++. */
# if __GNUG__ >= 3
/* GNU C++ has a __null macro that behaves like an integer ('int' or
'long') but has the same size as a pointer. Use that, to avoid
warnings. */
# define NULL __null
# else
# define NULL 0L
# endif
# else
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# endif
#endif
/* Some platforms lack wchar_t. */
#if !@HAVE_WCHAR_T@
# define wchar_t int
#endif
# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */
# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */
#endif /* __need_XXX */

636
lib/stdint.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood.
This file is part of gnulib.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/*
* ISO C 99 <stdint.h> for platforms that lack it.
* <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/stdint.h.html>
*/
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* When including a system file that in turn includes <inttypes.h>,
use the system <inttypes.h>, not our substitute. This avoids
problems with (for example) VMS, whose <sys/bitypes.h> includes
<inttypes.h>. */
#define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
/* On Android (Bionic libc), <sys/types.h> includes this file before
having defined 'time_t'. Therefore in this case avoid including
other system header files; just include the system's <stdint.h>.
Ideally we should test __BIONIC__ here, but it is only defined after
<sys/cdefs.h> has been included; hence test __ANDROID__ instead. */
#if defined __ANDROID__ \
&& defined _SYS_TYPES_H_ && !defined _SSIZE_T_DEFINED_
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
#else
/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include
files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without
worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef
signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro. Our
macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except
for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using
in public interfaces due to compiler differences. */
#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@
# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99
/* Bypass IRIX's <stdint.h> if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users
with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations"
diagnostics. */
# define __STDINT_H__
# endif
/* Some pre-C++11 <stdint.h> implementations need this. */
# ifdef __cplusplus
# ifndef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
# define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1
# endif
# ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
# define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1
# endif
# endif
/* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy <stdint.h>.
Include it before <inttypes.h>, since any "#include <stdint.h>"
in <inttypes.h> would reinclude us, skipping our contents because
_@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H is defined.
The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
#endif
#if ! defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H
/* <sys/types.h> defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc,
IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via <machine/types.h>).
AIX 5.2 <sys/types.h> isn't needed and causes troubles.
Mac OS X 10.4.6 <sys/types.h> includes <stdint.h> (which is us), but
relies on the system <stdint.h> definitions, so include
<sys/types.h> after @NEXT_STDINT_H@. */
#if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
/* Get SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX, UCHAR_MAX, INT_MIN, INT_MAX,
LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
/* In OpenBSD 3.8, <inttypes.h> includes <machine/types.h>, which defines
int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.
<inttypes.h> also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t. */
# include <inttypes.h>
#elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
/* Solaris 7 <sys/inttypes.h> has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and
the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX. */
# include <sys/inttypes.h>
#endif
#if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
/* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a <sys/bitypes.h> that defines
int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is
included by <sys/types.h>. */
# include <sys/bitypes.h>
#endif
#undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
/* Minimum and maximum values for an integer type under the usual assumption.
Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify
picky compilers. */
#define _STDINT_MIN(signed, bits, zero) \
((signed) ? (- ((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) : (zero))
#define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \
((signed) \
? ~ _STDINT_MIN (signed, bits, zero) \
: /* The expression for the unsigned case. The subtraction of (signed) \
is a nop in the unsigned case and avoids "signed integer overflow" \
warnings in the signed case. */ \
((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 - (signed) : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
#if !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types
/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */
#undef int8_t
#undef uint8_t
typedef signed char gl_int8_t;
typedef unsigned char gl_uint8_t;
#define int8_t gl_int8_t
#define uint8_t gl_uint8_t
#undef int16_t
#undef uint16_t
typedef short int gl_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short int gl_uint16_t;
#define int16_t gl_int16_t
#define uint16_t gl_uint16_t
#undef int32_t
#undef uint32_t
typedef int gl_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int gl_uint32_t;
#define int32_t gl_int32_t
#define uint32_t gl_uint32_t
/* If the system defines INT64_MAX, assume int64_t works. That way,
if the underlying platform defines int64_t to be a 64-bit long long
int, the code below won't mistakenly define it to be a 64-bit long
int, which would mess up C++ name mangling. We must use #ifdef
rather than #if, to avoid an error with HP-UX 10.20 cc. */
#ifdef INT64_MAX
# define GL_INT64_T
#else
/* Do not undefine int64_t if gnulib is not being used with 64-bit
types, since otherwise it breaks platforms like Tandem/NSK. */
# if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
# undef int64_t
typedef long int gl_int64_t;
# define int64_t gl_int64_t
# define GL_INT64_T
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# undef int64_t
typedef __int64 gl_int64_t;
# define int64_t gl_int64_t
# define GL_INT64_T
# elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
# undef int64_t
typedef long long int gl_int64_t;
# define int64_t gl_int64_t
# define GL_INT64_T
# endif
#endif
#ifdef UINT64_MAX
# define GL_UINT64_T
#else
# if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
# undef uint64_t
typedef unsigned long int gl_uint64_t;
# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
# define GL_UINT64_T
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# undef uint64_t
typedef unsigned __int64 gl_uint64_t;
# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
# define GL_UINT64_T
# elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
# undef uint64_t
typedef unsigned long long int gl_uint64_t;
# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
# define GL_UINT64_T
# endif
#endif
/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 <pthread.h> etc. */
#define _UINT8_T
#define _UINT32_T
#define _UINT64_T
/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */
#undef int_least8_t
#undef uint_least8_t
#undef int_least16_t
#undef uint_least16_t
#undef int_least32_t
#undef uint_least32_t
#undef int_least64_t
#undef uint_least64_t
#define int_least8_t int8_t
#define uint_least8_t uint8_t
#define int_least16_t int16_t
#define uint_least16_t uint16_t
#define int_least32_t int32_t
#define uint_least32_t uint32_t
#ifdef GL_INT64_T
# define int_least64_t int64_t
#endif
#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
# define uint_least64_t uint64_t
#endif
/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */
/* Note: Other <stdint.h> substitutes may define these types differently.
It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
are taken from the same list of types. The following code normally
uses types consistent with glibc, as that lessens the chance of
incompatibility with older GNU hosts. */
#undef int_fast8_t
#undef uint_fast8_t
#undef int_fast16_t
#undef uint_fast16_t
#undef int_fast32_t
#undef uint_fast32_t
#undef int_fast64_t
#undef uint_fast64_t
typedef signed char gl_int_fast8_t;
typedef unsigned char gl_uint_fast8_t;
#ifdef __sun
/* Define types compatible with SunOS 5.10, so that code compiled under
earlier SunOS versions works with code compiled under SunOS 5.10. */
typedef int gl_int_fast32_t;
typedef unsigned int gl_uint_fast32_t;
#else
typedef long int gl_int_fast32_t;
typedef unsigned long int gl_uint_fast32_t;
#endif
typedef gl_int_fast32_t gl_int_fast16_t;
typedef gl_uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast16_t;
#define int_fast8_t gl_int_fast8_t
#define uint_fast8_t gl_uint_fast8_t
#define int_fast16_t gl_int_fast16_t
#define uint_fast16_t gl_uint_fast16_t
#define int_fast32_t gl_int_fast32_t
#define uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast32_t
#ifdef GL_INT64_T
# define int_fast64_t int64_t
#endif
#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
# define uint_fast64_t uint64_t
#endif
/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */
#undef intptr_t
#undef uintptr_t
typedef long int gl_intptr_t;
typedef unsigned long int gl_uintptr_t;
#define intptr_t gl_intptr_t
#define uintptr_t gl_uintptr_t
/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */
/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in
public header files. */
/* If the system defines INTMAX_MAX, assume that intmax_t works, and
similarly for UINTMAX_MAX and uintmax_t. This avoids problems with
assuming one type where another is used by the system. */
#ifndef INTMAX_MAX
# undef INTMAX_C
# undef intmax_t
# if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
typedef long long int gl_intmax_t;
# define intmax_t gl_intmax_t
# elif defined GL_INT64_T
# define intmax_t int64_t
# else
typedef long int gl_intmax_t;
# define intmax_t gl_intmax_t
# endif
#endif
#ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
# undef UINTMAX_C
# undef uintmax_t
# if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
typedef unsigned long long int gl_uintmax_t;
# define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t
# elif defined GL_UINT64_T
# define uintmax_t uint64_t
# else
typedef unsigned long int gl_uintmax_t;
# define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t
# endif
#endif
/* Verify that intmax_t and uintmax_t have the same size. Too much code
breaks if this is not the case. If this check fails, the reason is likely
to be found in the autoconf macros. */
typedef int _verify_intmax_size[sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (uintmax_t)
? 1 : -1];
#define GNULIB_defined_stdint_types 1
#endif /* !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types */
/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */
/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */
#undef INT8_MIN
#undef INT8_MAX
#undef UINT8_MAX
#define INT8_MIN (~ INT8_MAX)
#define INT8_MAX 127
#define UINT8_MAX 255
#undef INT16_MIN
#undef INT16_MAX
#undef UINT16_MAX
#define INT16_MIN (~ INT16_MAX)
#define INT16_MAX 32767
#define UINT16_MAX 65535
#undef INT32_MIN
#undef INT32_MAX
#undef UINT32_MAX
#define INT32_MIN (~ INT32_MAX)
#define INT32_MAX 2147483647
#define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U
#if defined GL_INT64_T && ! defined INT64_MAX
/* Prefer (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) over (~ INT64_MAX) because SunPRO C 5.0
evaluates the latter incorrectly in preprocessor expressions. */
# define INT64_MIN (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63)
# define INT64_MAX INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807)
#endif
#if defined GL_UINT64_T && ! defined UINT64_MAX
# define UINT64_MAX UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615)
#endif
/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */
#undef INT_LEAST8_MIN
#undef INT_LEAST8_MAX
#undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
#define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN
#define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX
#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX
#undef INT_LEAST16_MIN
#undef INT_LEAST16_MAX
#undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
#define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN
#define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX
#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
#undef INT_LEAST32_MIN
#undef INT_LEAST32_MAX
#undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX
#define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN
#define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX
#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
#undef INT_LEAST64_MIN
#undef INT_LEAST64_MAX
#ifdef GL_INT64_T
# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
#endif
#undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX
#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
#endif
/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
are taken from the same list of types. */
#undef INT_FAST8_MIN
#undef INT_FAST8_MAX
#undef UINT_FAST8_MAX
#define INT_FAST8_MIN SCHAR_MIN
#define INT_FAST8_MAX SCHAR_MAX
#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UCHAR_MAX
#undef INT_FAST16_MIN
#undef INT_FAST16_MAX
#undef UINT_FAST16_MAX
#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_FAST32_MIN
#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_FAST32_MAX
#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_FAST32_MAX
#undef INT_FAST32_MIN
#undef INT_FAST32_MAX
#undef UINT_FAST32_MAX
#ifdef __sun
# define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_MIN
# define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_MAX
# define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_MAX
#else
# define INT_FAST32_MIN LONG_MIN
# define INT_FAST32_MAX LONG_MAX
# define UINT_FAST32_MAX ULONG_MAX
#endif
#undef INT_FAST64_MIN
#undef INT_FAST64_MAX
#ifdef GL_INT64_T
# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
#endif
#undef UINT_FAST64_MAX
#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
#endif
/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */
#undef INTPTR_MIN
#undef INTPTR_MAX
#undef UINTPTR_MAX
#define INTPTR_MIN LONG_MIN
#define INTPTR_MAX LONG_MAX
#define UINTPTR_MAX ULONG_MAX
/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */
#ifndef INTMAX_MAX
# undef INTMAX_MIN
# ifdef INT64_MAX
# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
# else
# define INTMAX_MIN INT32_MIN
# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX
# endif
#endif
#ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
# ifdef UINT64_MAX
# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX
# else
# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX
# endif
#endif
/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */
/* ptrdiff_t limits */
#undef PTRDIFF_MIN
#undef PTRDIFF_MAX
#if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
# ifdef _LP64
# define PTRDIFF_MIN _STDINT_MIN (1, 64, 0l)
# define PTRDIFF_MAX _STDINT_MAX (1, 64, 0l)
# else
# define PTRDIFF_MIN _STDINT_MIN (1, 32, 0)
# define PTRDIFF_MAX _STDINT_MAX (1, 32, 0)
# endif
#else
# define PTRDIFF_MIN \
_STDINT_MIN (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
# define PTRDIFF_MAX \
_STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
#endif
/* sig_atomic_t limits */
#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN
#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN \
_STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX \
_STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
/* size_t limit */
#undef SIZE_MAX
#if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
# ifdef _LP64
# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, 64, 0ul)
# else
# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, 32, 0ul)
# endif
#else
# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@)
#endif
/* wchar_t limits */
/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX.
This include is not on the top, above, because on OSF/1 4.0 we have a
sequence of nested includes
<wchar.h> -> <stdio.h> -> <getopt.h> -> <stdlib.h>, and the latter includes
<stdint.h> and assumes its types are already defined. */
#if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@ && ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX)
/* BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: <stddef.h>, <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be
included before <wchar.h>. */
# include <stddef.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# include <time.h>
# define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H
# include <wchar.h>
# undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_WCHAR_H
#endif
#undef WCHAR_MIN
#undef WCHAR_MAX
#define WCHAR_MIN \
_STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
#define WCHAR_MAX \
_STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T@, 0@WCHAR_T_SUFFIX@)
/* wint_t limits */
#undef WINT_MIN
#undef WINT_MAX
#define WINT_MIN \
_STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
#define WINT_MAX \
_STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T@, @BITSIZEOF_WINT_T@, 0@WINT_T_SUFFIX@)
/* 7.18.4. Macros for integer constants */
/* 7.18.4.1. Macros for minimum-width integer constants */
/* According to ISO C 99 Technical Corrigendum 1 */
/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits, and int is 32 bits. */
#undef INT8_C
#undef UINT8_C
#define INT8_C(x) x
#define UINT8_C(x) x
#undef INT16_C
#undef UINT16_C
#define INT16_C(x) x
#define UINT16_C(x) x
#undef INT32_C
#undef UINT32_C
#define INT32_C(x) x
#define UINT32_C(x) x ## U
#undef INT64_C
#undef UINT64_C
#if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
# define INT64_C(x) x##L
#elif defined _MSC_VER
# define INT64_C(x) x##i64
#elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
# define INT64_C(x) x##LL
#endif
#if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
# define UINT64_C(x) x##UL
#elif defined _MSC_VER
# define UINT64_C(x) x##ui64
#elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
# define UINT64_C(x) x##ULL
#endif
/* 7.18.4.2. Macros for greatest-width integer constants */
#ifndef INTMAX_C
# if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
# define INTMAX_C(x) x##LL
# elif defined GL_INT64_T
# define INTMAX_C(x) INT64_C(x)
# else
# define INTMAX_C(x) x##L
# endif
#endif
#ifndef UINTMAX_C
# if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##ULL
# elif defined GL_UINT64_T
# define UINTMAX_C(x) UINT64_C(x)
# else
# define UINTMAX_C(x) x##UL
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H */
#endif /* !(defined __ANDROID__ && ...) */
#endif /* !defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && !defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H */

1339
lib/stdio.in.h Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

928
lib/stdlib.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,928 @@
/* A GNU-like <stdlib.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2001-2004, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if defined __need_malloc_and_calloc
/* Special invocation convention inside glibc header files. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDLIB_H@
#else
/* Normal invocation convention. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDLIB_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H
/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* MirBSD 10 defines WEXITSTATUS in <sys/wait.h>, not in <stdlib.h>. */
#if @GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX@ && !defined WEXITSTATUS
# include <sys/wait.h>
#endif
/* Solaris declares getloadavg() in <sys/loadavg.h>. */
#if (@GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && @HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H@
# include <sys/loadavg.h>
#endif
/* Native Windows platforms declare mktemp() in <io.h>. */
#if 0 && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
# include <io.h>
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
/* OSF/1 5.1 declares 'struct random_data' in <random.h>, which is included
from <stdlib.h> if _REENTRANT is defined. Include it whenever we need
'struct random_data'. */
# if @HAVE_RANDOM_H@
# include <random.h>
# endif
# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@ || @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@ || !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
# if !@HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA@
/* Define 'struct random_data'.
But allow multiple gnulib generated <stdlib.h> replacements to coexist. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_random_data
struct random_data
{
int32_t *fptr; /* Front pointer. */
int32_t *rptr; /* Rear pointer. */
int32_t *state; /* Array of state values. */
int rand_type; /* Type of random number generator. */
int rand_deg; /* Degree of random number generator. */
int rand_sep; /* Distance between front and rear. */
int32_t *end_ptr; /* Pointer behind state table. */
};
# define GNULIB_defined_struct_random_data 1
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if (@GNULIB_MKSTEMP@ || @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@ || @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && ! defined __GLIBC__ && !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
/* On Mac OS X 10.3, only <unistd.h> declares mkstemp. */
/* On Mac OS X 10.5, only <unistd.h> declares mkstemps. */
/* On Cygwin 1.7.1, only <unistd.h> declares getsubopt. */
/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems and native Windows. */
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
#endif
/* The definition of _Noreturn is copied here. */
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, despite otherwise supporting C89. */
#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
#endif
/* Tandem/NSK and other platforms that define EXIT_FAILURE as -1 interfere
with proper operation of xargs. */
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#elif EXIT_FAILURE != 1
# undef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
#if @GNULIB__EXIT@
/* Terminate the current process with the given return code, without running
the 'atexit' handlers. */
# if !@HAVE__EXIT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (_Exit, _Noreturn void, (int status));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (_Exit, void, (int status));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (_Exit);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef _Exit
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL__EXIT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (_Exit, "_Exit is unportable - "
"use gnulib module _Exit for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_ATOLL@
/* Parse a signed decimal integer.
Returns the value of the integer. Errors are not detected. */
# if !@HAVE_ATOLL@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atoll, long long, (const char *string)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atoll, long long, (const char *string));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atoll);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef atoll
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATOLL
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atoll, "atoll is unportable - "
"use gnulib module atoll for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX@
# if @REPLACE_CALLOC@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef calloc
# define calloc rpl_calloc
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (calloc, void *, (size_t nmemb, size_t size));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (calloc);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef calloc
/* Assume calloc is always declared. */
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (calloc, "calloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - "
"use gnulib module calloc-posix for portability");
#endif
#if @GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
# if @REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define canonicalize_file_name rpl_canonicalize_file_name
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name));
# else
# if !@HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (canonicalize_file_name, char *, (const char *name));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (canonicalize_file_name);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef canonicalize_file_name
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (canonicalize_file_name,
"canonicalize_file_name is unportable - "
"use gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_GETLOADAVG@
/* Store max(NELEM,3) load average numbers in LOADAVG[].
The three numbers are the load average of the last 1 minute, the last 5
minutes, and the last 15 minutes, respectively.
LOADAVG is an array of NELEM numbers. */
# if !@HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getloadavg, int, (double loadavg[], int nelem)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getloadavg, int, (double loadavg[], int nelem));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getloadavg);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef getloadavg
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOADAVG
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getloadavg, "getloadavg is not portable - "
"use gnulib module getloadavg for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_GETSUBOPT@
/* Assuming *OPTIONP is a comma separated list of elements of the form
"token" or "token=value", getsubopt parses the first of these elements.
If the first element refers to a "token" that is member of the given
NULL-terminated array of tokens:
- It replaces the comma with a NUL byte, updates *OPTIONP to point past
the first option and the comma, sets *VALUEP to the value of the
element (or NULL if it doesn't contain an "=" sign),
- It returns the index of the "token" in the given array of tokens.
Otherwise it returns -1, and *OPTIONP and *VALUEP are undefined.
For more details see the POSIX:2001 specification.
http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getsubopt.html */
# if !@HAVE_GETSUBOPT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getsubopt, int,
(char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 3)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getsubopt, int,
(char **optionp, char *const *tokens, char **valuep));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getsubopt);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef getsubopt
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETSUBOPT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsubopt, "getsubopt is unportable - "
"use gnulib module getsubopt for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_GRANTPT@
/* Change the ownership and access permission of the slave side of the
pseudo-terminal whose master side is specified by FD. */
# if !@HAVE_GRANTPT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (grantpt, int, (int fd));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (grantpt, int, (int fd));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (grantpt);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef grantpt
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GRANTPT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (grantpt, "grantpt is not portable - "
"use gnulib module grantpt for portability");
# endif
#endif
/* If _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC is nonzero, the including module does not
rely on GNU or POSIX semantics for malloc and realloc (for example,
by never specifying a zero size), so it does not need malloc or
realloc to be redefined. */
#if @GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX@
# if @REPLACE_MALLOC@
# if !((defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) \
|| _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC)
# undef malloc
# define malloc rpl_malloc
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (malloc, void *, (size_t size));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (malloc, void *, (size_t size));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (malloc, void *, (size_t size));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (malloc);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !_GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC
# undef malloc
/* Assume malloc is always declared. */
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (malloc, "malloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - "
"use gnulib module malloc-posix for portability");
#endif
/* Convert a multibyte character to a wide character. */
#if @GNULIB_MBTOWC@
# if @REPLACE_MBTOWC@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef mbtowc
# define mbtowc rpl_mbtowc
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mbtowc, int, (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mbtowc, int, (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mbtowc, int, (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mbtowc);
#endif
#if @GNULIB_MKDTEMP@
/* Create a unique temporary directory from TEMPLATE.
The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
they are replaced with a string that makes the directory name unique.
Returns TEMPLATE, or a null pointer if it cannot get a unique name.
The directory is created mode 700. */
# if !@HAVE_MKDTEMP@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdtemp, char *, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdtemp, char *, (char * /*template*/));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdtemp);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef mkdtemp
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDTEMP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdtemp, "mkdtemp is unportable - "
"use gnulib module mkdtemp for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_MKOSTEMP@
/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
The file is then created, with the specified flags, ensuring it didn't exist
before.
The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
implementation.
Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
set. */
# if !@HAVE_MKOSTEMP@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkostemp, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*flags*/)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkostemp, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*flags*/));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkostemp);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef mkostemp
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKOSTEMP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkostemp, "mkostemp is unportable - "
"use gnulib module mkostemp for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS@
/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
The last six characters of TEMPLATE before a suffix of length
SUFFIXLEN must be "XXXXXX";
they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
The file is then created, with the specified flags, ensuring it didn't exist
before.
The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
implementation.
Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
set. */
# if !@HAVE_MKOSTEMPS@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkostemps, int,
(char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/, int /*flags*/)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkostemps, int,
(char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/, int /*flags*/));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkostemps);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef mkostemps
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKOSTEMPS
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkostemps, "mkostemps is unportable - "
"use gnulib module mkostemps for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_MKSTEMP@
/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
The file is then created, ensuring it didn't exist before.
The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
implementation.
Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
set. */
# if @REPLACE_MKSTEMP@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define mkstemp rpl_mkstemp
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/));
# else
# if ! @HAVE_MKSTEMP@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkstemp, int, (char * /*template*/));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkstemp);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef mkstemp
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKSTEMP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkstemp, "mkstemp is unportable - "
"use gnulib module mkstemp for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_MKSTEMPS@
/* Create a unique temporary file from TEMPLATE.
The last six characters of TEMPLATE prior to a suffix of length
SUFFIXLEN must be "XXXXXX";
they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
The file is then created, ensuring it didn't exist before.
The file is created read-write (mask at least 0600 & ~umask), but it may be
world-readable and world-writable (mask 0666 & ~umask), depending on the
implementation.
Returns the open file descriptor if successful, otherwise -1 and errno
set. */
# if !@HAVE_MKSTEMPS@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkstemps, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkstemps, int, (char * /*template*/, int /*suffixlen*/));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkstemps);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef mkstemps
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKSTEMPS
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkstemps, "mkstemps is unportable - "
"use gnulib module mkstemps for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT@
/* Return an FD open to the master side of a pseudo-terminal. Flags should
include O_RDWR, and may also include O_NOCTTY. */
# if !@HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_openpt, int, (int flags));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_openpt, int, (int flags));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_openpt);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef posix_openpt
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_OPENPT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_openpt, "posix_openpt is not portable - "
"use gnulib module posix_openpt for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_PTSNAME@
/* Return the pathname of the pseudo-terminal slave associated with
the master FD is open on, or NULL on errors. */
# if !@HAVE_PTSNAME@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ptsname, char *, (int fd));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ptsname, char *, (int fd));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ptsname);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef ptsname
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTSNAME
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ptsname, "ptsname is not portable - "
"use gnulib module ptsname for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_PTSNAME_R@
/* Set the pathname of the pseudo-terminal slave associated with
the master FD is open on and return 0, or set errno and return
non-zero on errors. */
# if @REPLACE_PTSNAME_R@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef ptsname_r
# define ptsname_r rpl_ptsname_r
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
# else
# if !@HAVE_PTSNAME_R@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ptsname_r, int, (int fd, char *buf, size_t len));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ptsname_r);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef ptsname_r
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTSNAME_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ptsname_r, "ptsname_r is not portable - "
"use gnulib module ptsname_r for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_PUTENV@
# if @REPLACE_PUTENV@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef putenv
# define putenv rpl_putenv
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (putenv, int, (char *string) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (putenv, int, (char *string));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (putenv, int, (char *string));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (putenv);
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
# ifndef RAND_MAX
# define RAND_MAX 2147483647
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (random, long, (void));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (random, long, (void));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (random);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef random
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RANDOM
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (random, "random is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (srandom, void, (unsigned int seed));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (srandom);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef srandom
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SRANDOM
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (srandom, "srandom is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (initstate, char *,
(unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (initstate, char *,
(unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (initstate);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef initstate
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INITSTATE_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (initstate, "initstate is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM@
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setstate, char *, (char *arg_state));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setstate);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef setstate
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSTATE_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setstate, "setstate is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef random_r
# define random_r rpl_random_r
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result));
# else
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (random_r, int, (struct random_data *buf, int32_t *result));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (random_r);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef random_r
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RANDOM_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (random_r, "random_r is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random_r for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef srandom_r
# define srandom_r rpl_srandom_r
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (srandom_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (srandom_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state));
# else
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (srandom_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (srandom_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, struct random_data *rand_state));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (srandom_r);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef srandom_r
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SRANDOM_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (srandom_r, "srandom_r is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random_r for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef initstate_r
# define initstate_r rpl_initstate_r
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (initstate_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
struct random_data *rand_state)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (initstate_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
struct random_data *rand_state));
# else
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (initstate_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
struct random_data *rand_state)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (initstate_r, int,
(unsigned int seed, char *buf, size_t buf_size,
struct random_data *rand_state));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (initstate_r);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef initstate_r
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_INITSTATE_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (initstate_r, "initstate_r is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random_r for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RANDOM_R@
# if @REPLACE_RANDOM_R@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef setstate_r
# define setstate_r rpl_setstate_r
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setstate_r, int,
(char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setstate_r, int,
(char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state));
# else
# if !@HAVE_RANDOM_R@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setstate_r, int,
(char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setstate_r, int,
(char *arg_state, struct random_data *rand_state));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setstate_r);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef setstate_r
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETSTATE_R
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setstate_r, "setstate_r is unportable - "
"use gnulib module random_r for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX@
# if @REPLACE_REALLOC@
# if !((defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) \
|| _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC)
# undef realloc
# define realloc rpl_realloc
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (realloc, void *, (void *ptr, size_t size));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (realloc);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK && !_GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC
# undef realloc
/* Assume realloc is always declared. */
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (realloc, "realloc is not POSIX compliant everywhere - "
"use gnulib module realloc-posix for portability");
#endif
#if @GNULIB_REALPATH@
# if @REPLACE_REALPATH@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define realpath rpl_realpath
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved));
# else
# if !@HAVE_REALPATH@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (realpath, char *, (const char *name, char *resolved));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (realpath);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef realpath
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REALPATH
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (realpath, "realpath is unportable - use gnulib module "
"canonicalize or canonicalize-lgpl for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_RPMATCH@
/* Test a user response to a question.
Return 1 if it is affirmative, 0 if it is negative, or -1 if not clear. */
# if !@HAVE_RPMATCH@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rpmatch, int, (const char *response) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rpmatch, int, (const char *response));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rpmatch);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef rpmatch
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RPMATCH
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpmatch, "rpmatch is unportable - "
"use gnulib module rpmatch for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_SETENV@
/* Set NAME to VALUE in the environment.
If REPLACE is nonzero, overwrite an existing value. */
# if @REPLACE_SETENV@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef setenv
# define setenv rpl_setenv
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setenv, int,
(const char *name, const char *value, int replace)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setenv, int,
(const char *name, const char *value, int replace));
# else
# if !@HAVE_DECL_SETENV@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setenv, int,
(const char *name, const char *value, int replace)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setenv, int,
(const char *name, const char *value, int replace));
# endif
# if !(@REPLACE_SETENV@ && !@HAVE_DECL_SETENV@)
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setenv);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef setenv
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETENV
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setenv, "setenv is unportable - "
"use gnulib module setenv for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_STRTOD@
/* Parse a double from STRING, updating ENDP if appropriate. */
# if @REPLACE_STRTOD@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define strtod rpl_strtod
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp));
# else
# if !@HAVE_STRTOD@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtod, double, (const char *str, char **endp));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtod);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef strtod
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOD
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtod, "strtod is unportable - "
"use gnulib module strtod for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_STRTOLL@
/* Parse a signed integer whose textual representation starts at STRING.
The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0,
it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix
"0x").
If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is
stored in *ENDPTR.
Upon overflow, the return value is LLONG_MAX or LLONG_MIN, and errno is set
to ERANGE. */
# if !@HAVE_STRTOLL@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoll, long long,
(const char *string, char **endptr, int base)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoll, long long,
(const char *string, char **endptr, int base));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoll);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef strtoll
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOLL
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoll, "strtoll is unportable - "
"use gnulib module strtoll for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_STRTOULL@
/* Parse an unsigned integer whose textual representation starts at STRING.
The integer is expected to be in base BASE (2 <= BASE <= 36); if BASE == 0,
it may be decimal or octal (with prefix "0") or hexadecimal (with prefix
"0x").
If ENDPTR is not NULL, the address of the first byte after the integer is
stored in *ENDPTR.
Upon overflow, the return value is ULLONG_MAX, and errno is set to
ERANGE. */
# if !@HAVE_STRTOULL@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (strtoull, unsigned long long,
(const char *string, char **endptr, int base)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (strtoull, unsigned long long,
(const char *string, char **endptr, int base));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (strtoull);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef strtoull
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRTOULL
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strtoull, "strtoull is unportable - "
"use gnulib module strtoull for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_UNLOCKPT@
/* Unlock the slave side of the pseudo-terminal whose master side is specified
by FD, so that it can be opened. */
# if !@HAVE_UNLOCKPT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlockpt, int, (int fd));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlockpt, int, (int fd));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlockpt);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef unlockpt
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLOCKPT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlockpt, "unlockpt is not portable - "
"use gnulib module unlockpt for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_UNSETENV@
/* Remove the variable NAME from the environment. */
# if @REPLACE_UNSETENV@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef unsetenv
# define unsetenv rpl_unsetenv
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unsetenv, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unsetenv, int, (const char *name));
# else
# if !@HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unsetenv, int, (const char *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unsetenv, int, (const char *name));
# endif
# if !(@REPLACE_UNSETENV@ && !@HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV@)
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unsetenv);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef unsetenv
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNSETENV
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unsetenv, "unsetenv is unportable - "
"use gnulib module unsetenv for portability");
# endif
#endif
/* Convert a wide character to a multibyte character. */
#if @GNULIB_WCTOMB@
# if @REPLACE_WCTOMB@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef wctomb
# define wctomb rpl_wctomb
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (wctomb, int, (char *s, wchar_t wc));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (wctomb);
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDLIB_H */
#endif

62
lib/strcasecmp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* Case-insensitive string comparison function.
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
than S2.
Note: This function does not work with multibyte strings! */
int
strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}

142
lib/strchrnul.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/* Searching in a string.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte. */
char *
strchrnul (const char *s, int c_in)
{
/* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
performance. */
typedef unsigned long int longword;
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const longword *longword_ptr;
longword repeated_one;
longword repeated_c;
unsigned char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
if (!c)
return rawmemchr (s, 0);
/* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
(size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
++char_ptr)
if (!*char_ptr || *char_ptr == c)
return (char *) char_ptr;
longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
/* Compute auxiliary longword values:
repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
repeated_c has c in every byte. */
repeated_one = 0x01010101;
repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
if (8 < sizeof (longword))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
{
repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
}
}
}
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of
the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or
c. We first use an xor with repeated_c. This reduces the task
to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 or
longword2 is zero.
Let's consider longword1. We compute tmp =
((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
That is, we perform the following operations:
1. Subtract repeated_one.
2. & ~longword1.
3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
Consider what happens in each byte:
- If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
to more significant bytes.
- If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
The test whether any byte in longword1 or longword2 is zero is equivalent
to testing whether tmp1 is nonzero or tmp2 is nonzero. We can combine
this into a single test, whether (tmp1 | tmp2) is nonzero.
This test can read more than one byte beyond the end of a string,
depending on where the terminating NUL is encountered. However,
this is considered safe since the initialization phase ensured
that the read will be aligned, therefore, the read will not cross
page boundaries and will not cause a fault. */
while (1)
{
longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
longword longword2 = *longword_ptr;
if (((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
| ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2))
& (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
break;
longword_ptr++;
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
/* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
starting at char_ptr is == 0 or == c. On little-endian machines,
we could determine the first such byte without any further memory
accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines.
Choose code that works in both cases. */
char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
while (*char_ptr && (*char_ptr != c))
char_ptr++;
return (char *) char_ptr;
}

12
lib/strchrnul.valgrind Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in strchrnul().
# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
{
strchrnul-value4
Memcheck:Value4
fun:strchrnul
}
{
strchrnul-value8
Memcheck:Value8
fun:strchrnul
}

297
lib/strerror-override.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
/* strerror-override.c --- POSIX compatible system error routine
Copyright (C) 2010-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2010. */
#include <config.h>
#include "strerror-override.h"
#include <errno.h>
#if GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK /* native Windows platforms */
# if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
# include <winsock2.h>
# endif
#endif
/* If ERRNUM maps to an errno value defined by gnulib, return a string
describing the error. Otherwise return NULL. */
const char *
strerror_override (int errnum)
{
/* These error messages are taken from glibc/sysdeps/gnu/errlist.c. */
switch (errnum)
{
#if REPLACE_STRERROR_0
case 0:
return "Success";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ESOCK /* native Windows platforms with older <errno.h> */
case EINPROGRESS:
return "Operation now in progress";
case EALREADY:
return "Operation already in progress";
case ENOTSOCK:
return "Socket operation on non-socket";
case EDESTADDRREQ:
return "Destination address required";
case EMSGSIZE:
return "Message too long";
case EPROTOTYPE:
return "Protocol wrong type for socket";
case ENOPROTOOPT:
return "Protocol not available";
case EPROTONOSUPPORT:
return "Protocol not supported";
case EOPNOTSUPP:
return "Operation not supported";
case EAFNOSUPPORT:
return "Address family not supported by protocol";
case EADDRINUSE:
return "Address already in use";
case EADDRNOTAVAIL:
return "Cannot assign requested address";
case ENETDOWN:
return "Network is down";
case ENETUNREACH:
return "Network is unreachable";
case ECONNRESET:
return "Connection reset by peer";
case ENOBUFS:
return "No buffer space available";
case EISCONN:
return "Transport endpoint is already connected";
case ENOTCONN:
return "Transport endpoint is not connected";
case ETIMEDOUT:
return "Connection timed out";
case ECONNREFUSED:
return "Connection refused";
case ELOOP:
return "Too many levels of symbolic links";
case EHOSTUNREACH:
return "No route to host";
case EWOULDBLOCK:
return "Operation would block";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS /* native Windows platforms with older <errno.h> */
case ETXTBSY:
return "Text file busy";
case ENODATA:
return "No data available";
case ENOSR:
return "Out of streams resources";
case ENOSTR:
return "Device not a stream";
case ETIME:
return "Timer expired";
case EOTHER:
return "Other error";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK /* native Windows platforms */
case ESOCKTNOSUPPORT:
return "Socket type not supported";
case EPFNOSUPPORT:
return "Protocol family not supported";
case ESHUTDOWN:
return "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown";
case ETOOMANYREFS:
return "Too many references: cannot splice";
case EHOSTDOWN:
return "Host is down";
case EPROCLIM:
return "Too many processes";
case EUSERS:
return "Too many users";
case EDQUOT:
return "Disk quota exceeded";
case ESTALE:
return "Stale NFS file handle";
case EREMOTE:
return "Object is remote";
# if HAVE_WINSOCK2_H
/* WSA_INVALID_HANDLE maps to EBADF */
/* WSA_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY maps to ENOMEM */
/* WSA_INVALID_PARAMETER maps to EINVAL */
case WSA_OPERATION_ABORTED:
return "Overlapped operation aborted";
case WSA_IO_INCOMPLETE:
return "Overlapped I/O event object not in signaled state";
case WSA_IO_PENDING:
return "Overlapped operations will complete later";
/* WSAEINTR maps to EINTR */
/* WSAEBADF maps to EBADF */
/* WSAEACCES maps to EACCES */
/* WSAEFAULT maps to EFAULT */
/* WSAEINVAL maps to EINVAL */
/* WSAEMFILE maps to EMFILE */
/* WSAEWOULDBLOCK maps to EWOULDBLOCK */
/* WSAEINPROGRESS maps to EINPROGRESS */
/* WSAEALREADY maps to EALREADY */
/* WSAENOTSOCK maps to ENOTSOCK */
/* WSAEDESTADDRREQ maps to EDESTADDRREQ */
/* WSAEMSGSIZE maps to EMSGSIZE */
/* WSAEPROTOTYPE maps to EPROTOTYPE */
/* WSAENOPROTOOPT maps to ENOPROTOOPT */
/* WSAEPROTONOSUPPORT maps to EPROTONOSUPPORT */
/* WSAESOCKTNOSUPPORT is ESOCKTNOSUPPORT */
/* WSAEOPNOTSUPP maps to EOPNOTSUPP */
/* WSAEPFNOSUPPORT is EPFNOSUPPORT */
/* WSAEAFNOSUPPORT maps to EAFNOSUPPORT */
/* WSAEADDRINUSE maps to EADDRINUSE */
/* WSAEADDRNOTAVAIL maps to EADDRNOTAVAIL */
/* WSAENETDOWN maps to ENETDOWN */
/* WSAENETUNREACH maps to ENETUNREACH */
/* WSAENETRESET maps to ENETRESET */
/* WSAECONNABORTED maps to ECONNABORTED */
/* WSAECONNRESET maps to ECONNRESET */
/* WSAENOBUFS maps to ENOBUFS */
/* WSAEISCONN maps to EISCONN */
/* WSAENOTCONN maps to ENOTCONN */
/* WSAESHUTDOWN is ESHUTDOWN */
/* WSAETOOMANYREFS is ETOOMANYREFS */
/* WSAETIMEDOUT maps to ETIMEDOUT */
/* WSAECONNREFUSED maps to ECONNREFUSED */
/* WSAELOOP maps to ELOOP */
/* WSAENAMETOOLONG maps to ENAMETOOLONG */
/* WSAEHOSTDOWN is EHOSTDOWN */
/* WSAEHOSTUNREACH maps to EHOSTUNREACH */
/* WSAENOTEMPTY maps to ENOTEMPTY */
/* WSAEPROCLIM is EPROCLIM */
/* WSAEUSERS is EUSERS */
/* WSAEDQUOT is EDQUOT */
/* WSAESTALE is ESTALE */
/* WSAEREMOTE is EREMOTE */
case WSASYSNOTREADY:
return "Network subsystem is unavailable";
case WSAVERNOTSUPPORTED:
return "Winsock.dll version out of range";
case WSANOTINITIALISED:
return "Successful WSAStartup not yet performed";
case WSAEDISCON:
return "Graceful shutdown in progress";
case WSAENOMORE: case WSA_E_NO_MORE:
return "No more results";
case WSAECANCELLED: case WSA_E_CANCELLED:
return "Call was canceled";
case WSAEINVALIDPROCTABLE:
return "Procedure call table is invalid";
case WSAEINVALIDPROVIDER:
return "Service provider is invalid";
case WSAEPROVIDERFAILEDINIT:
return "Service provider failed to initialize";
case WSASYSCALLFAILURE:
return "System call failure";
case WSASERVICE_NOT_FOUND:
return "Service not found";
case WSATYPE_NOT_FOUND:
return "Class type not found";
case WSAEREFUSED:
return "Database query was refused";
case WSAHOST_NOT_FOUND:
return "Host not found";
case WSATRY_AGAIN:
return "Nonauthoritative host not found";
case WSANO_RECOVERY:
return "Nonrecoverable error";
case WSANO_DATA:
return "Valid name, no data record of requested type";
/* WSA_QOS_* omitted */
# endif
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG
case ENOMSG:
return "No message of desired type";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EIDRM
case EIDRM:
return "Identifier removed";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK
case ENOLINK:
return "Link has been severed";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EPROTO
case EPROTO:
return "Protocol error";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP
case EMULTIHOP:
return "Multihop attempted";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG
case EBADMSG:
return "Bad message";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW
case EOVERFLOW:
return "Value too large for defined data type";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP
case ENOTSUP:
return "Not supported";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET
case ENETRESET:
return "Network dropped connection on reset";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED
case ECONNABORTED:
return "Software caused connection abort";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ESTALE
case ESTALE:
return "Stale NFS file handle";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT
case EDQUOT:
return "Disk quota exceeded";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED
case ECANCELED:
return "Operation canceled";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD
case EOWNERDEAD:
return "Owner died";
#endif
#if GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE
case ENOTRECOVERABLE:
return "State not recoverable";
#endif
default:
return NULL;
}
}

55
lib/strerror-override.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/* strerror-override.h --- POSIX compatible system error routine
Copyright (C) 2010-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H
# define _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H
# include <errno.h>
# include <stddef.h>
/* Reasonable buffer size that should never trigger ERANGE; if this
proves too small, we intentionally abort(), to remind us to fix
this value. */
# define STACKBUF_LEN 256
/* If ERRNUM maps to an errno value defined by gnulib, return a string
describing the error. Otherwise return NULL. */
# if REPLACE_STRERROR_0 \
|| GNULIB_defined_ESOCK \
|| GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS \
|| GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK \
|| GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG \
|| GNULIB_defined_EIDRM \
|| GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK \
|| GNULIB_defined_EPROTO \
|| GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP \
|| GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG \
|| GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW \
|| GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP \
|| GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET \
|| GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED \
|| GNULIB_defined_ESTALE \
|| GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT \
|| GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED \
|| GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD \
|| GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE
extern const char *strerror_override (int errnum);
# else
# define strerror_override(ignored) NULL
# endif
#endif /* _GL_STRERROR_OVERRIDE_H */

70
lib/strerror.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* strerror.c --- POSIX compatible system error routine
Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "intprops.h"
#include "strerror-override.h"
#include "verify.h"
/* Use the system functions, not the gnulib overrides in this file. */
#undef sprintf
char *
strerror (int n)
#undef strerror
{
static char buf[STACKBUF_LEN];
size_t len;
/* Cast away const, due to the historical signature of strerror;
callers should not be modifying the string. */
const char *msg = strerror_override (n);
if (msg)
return (char *) msg;
msg = strerror (n);
/* Our strerror_r implementation might use the system's strerror
buffer, so all other clients of strerror have to see the error
copied into a buffer that we manage. This is not thread-safe,
even if the system strerror is, but portable programs shouldn't
be using strerror if they care about thread-safety. */
if (!msg || !*msg)
{
static char const fmt[] = "Unknown error %d";
verify (sizeof buf >= sizeof (fmt) + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (n));
sprintf (buf, fmt, n);
errno = EINVAL;
return buf;
}
/* Fix STACKBUF_LEN if this ever aborts. */
len = strlen (msg);
if (sizeof buf <= len)
abort ();
return memcpy (buf, msg, len + 1);
}

1029
lib/string.in.h Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

122
lib/strings.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/* A substitute <strings.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRINGS_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* Minix 3.1.8 has a bug: <sys/types.h> must be included before <strings.h>.
But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#if defined __minix && !defined __GLIBC__
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#if @HAVE_STRINGS_H@
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STRINGS_H@
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRINGS_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRINGS_H
#if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@
/* Get size_t. */
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Find the index of the least-significant set bit. */
#if @GNULIB_FFS@
# if !@HAVE_FFS@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ffs, int, (int i));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ffs, int, (int i));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ffs);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef ffs
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FFS
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ffs, "ffs is not portable - use the ffs module");
# endif
#endif
/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
than S2.
Note: This function does not work in multibyte locales. */
#if ! @HAVE_STRCASECMP@
extern int strcasecmp (char const *s1, char const *s2)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
/* strcasecmp() does not work with multibyte strings:
POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined
as a sequence of bytes, not of characters. */
# undef strcasecmp
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRCASECMP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strcasecmp, "strcasecmp cannot work correctly on character "
"strings in multibyte locales - "
"use mbscasecmp if you care about "
"internationalization, or use c_strcasecmp , "
"gnulib module c-strcase) if you want a locale "
"independent function");
# endif
#endif
/* Compare no more than N bytes of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.
Note: This function cannot work correctly in multibyte locales. */
#if ! @HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP@
extern int strncasecmp (char const *s1, char const *s2, size_t n)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
/* strncasecmp() does not work with multibyte strings:
POSIX says that it operates on "strings", and "string" in POSIX is defined
as a sequence of bytes, not of characters. */
# undef strncasecmp
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STRNCASECMP
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (strncasecmp, "strncasecmp cannot work correctly on character "
"strings in multibyte locales - "
"use mbsncasecmp or mbspcasecmp if you care about "
"internationalization, or use c_strncasecmp , "
"gnulib module c-strcase) if you want a locale "
"independent function");
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STRING_H */

45
lib/stripslash.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
/* Remove trailing slashes from FILE. Return true if a trailing slash
was removed. This is useful when using file name completion from a
shell that adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and
bash), because on symlinks to directories, several system calls
have different semantics according to whether a trailing slash is
present. */
bool
strip_trailing_slashes (char *file)
{
char *base = last_component (file);
char *base_lim;
bool had_slash;
/* last_component returns "" for file system roots, but we need to turn
"///" into "/". */
if (! *base)
base = file;
base_lim = base + base_len (base);
had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0');
*base_lim = '\0';
return had_slash;
}

62
lib/strncasecmp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
/* Compare no more than N bytes of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.
Note: This function cannot work correctly in multibyte locales. */
int
strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
}

36
lib/strndup.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/* A replacement function, for systems that lack strndup.
Copyright (C) 1996-1998, 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
char *
strndup (char const *s, size_t n)
{
size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
char *new = malloc (len + 1);
if (new == NULL)
return NULL;
new[len] = '\0';
return memcpy (new, s, len);
}

30
lib/strnlen.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Simon Josefsson.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */
size_t
strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
{
const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
}

51
lib/sys_types.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* Provide a more complete sys/types.h.
Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Override off_t if Large File Support is requested on native Windows. */
#if @WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T@
/* Same as int64_t in <stdint.h>. */
# if defined _MSC_VER
# define off_t __int64
# else
# define off_t long long int
# endif
/* Indicator, for gnulib internal purposes. */
# define _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T 1
#endif
/* MSVC 9 defines size_t in <stddef.h>, not in <sys/types.h>. */
/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__) \
&& ! defined __GLIBC__
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYS_TYPES_H */

72
lib/sysexits.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* exit() exit codes for some BSD system programs.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson based on sysexits(3) man page */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if @HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@
/* IRIX 6.5 has an <unistd.h> that defines a macro EX_OK with a nonzero
value. Override it. See
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2007-03/msg00361.html> */
# ifdef __sgi
# include <unistd.h>
# undef EX_OK
# endif
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_SYSEXITS_H@
/* HP-UX 11 <sysexits.h> ends at EX_NOPERM. */
# ifndef EX_CONFIG
# define EX_CONFIG 78
# endif
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H
#if !@HAVE_SYSEXITS_H@
# define EX_OK 0 /* same value as EXIT_SUCCESS */
# define EX_USAGE 64
# define EX_DATAERR 65
# define EX_NOINPUT 66
# define EX_NOUSER 67
# define EX_NOHOST 68
# define EX_UNAVAILABLE 69
# define EX_SOFTWARE 70
# define EX_OSERR 71
# define EX_OSFILE 72
# define EX_CANTCREAT 73
# define EX_IOERR 74
# define EX_TEMPFAIL 75
# define EX_PROTOCOL 76
# define EX_NOPERM 77
# define EX_CONFIG 78
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_SYSEXITS_H */

1535
lib/unistd.in.h Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

5606
lib/vasnprintf.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

79
lib/vasnprintf.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
the 'printf' function. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL.
When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use
a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
char buf[100];
size_t len = sizeof (buf);
char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
if (output == NULL)
... error handling ...;
else
{
... use the output string ...;
if (output != buf)
free (output);
}
*/
#if REPLACE_VASNPRINTF
# define asnprintf rpl_asnprintf
# define vasnprintf rpl_vasnprintf
#endif
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 4));
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 0));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */

245
lib/verify.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/* Compile-time assert-like macros.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H
# define _GL_VERIFY_H
/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert works as per C11.
This is supported by GCC 4.6.0 and later, in C mode, and its use
here generates easier-to-read diagnostics when verify (R) fails.
Define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if static_assert works as per C++11.
This will likely be supported by future GCC versions, in C++ mode.
Use this only with GCC. If we were willing to slow 'configure'
down we could also use it with other compilers, but since this
affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother? */
# if (4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)) && !defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1
# endif
/* The condition (99 < __GNUC__) is temporary, until we know about the
first G++ release that supports static_assert. */
# if (99 < __GNUC__) && defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT 1
# endif
/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To
be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike
assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly. Similarly,
_GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct
that is an operand of sizeof.
The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C
compilers that do not support _Static_assert:
* The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1). Given an expression R, of
integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an
expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be
constant and nonnegative.
* Next this expression W is wrapped in a type
struct _gl_verify_type {
unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W;
}.
If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error. No compiler can
deal with a bit-field of negative size.
One might think that an array size check would have the same
effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; }
would work as well. However, inside a function, some compilers
(such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and
variables inside array size expressions. With these compilers,
an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of
the verify macro:
void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); }
* For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to
somehow be embedded into a declaration. To be portable, this
declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a
typedef name. If the declared entity uses the type directly,
such as in
struct dummy {...};
typedef struct {...} dummy;
extern struct {...} *dummy;
extern void dummy (struct {...} *);
extern struct {...} *dummy (void);
two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations
if the entity names are not disambiguated. A workaround is to
attach the current line number to the entity name:
#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__);
But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from
within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value
would be the same for both invocations. (The GCC __COUNTER__
macro solves this problem, but is not portable.)
A solution is to use the sizeof operator. It yields a number,
getting rid of the identity of the type. Declarations like
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
can be repeated.
* Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct?
Which of the following alternatives can be used?
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]);
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the
outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide. GCC warns
about the first, third, and fourth cases. So the only remaining
possibility is the fifth case:
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
* GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if
-Wredundant-decls is used. GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin
__COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for
each dummy function, to suppress this warning.
* This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC,
which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the
last declaration mentioned above.
* GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and verify() is used
within a function body; but inside a function, you can always
arrange to use verify_expr() instead.
* In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid.
Use a template type to work around the problem. */
/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens. */
# define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
# define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we
use it. Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__
otherwise. __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a
constant. */
# if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__
# else
# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__
# endif
/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if
possible. */
# define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER)
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression
that returns 1. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC. */
# define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
(!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)))
# ifdef __cplusplus
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type
template <int w>
struct _gl_verify_type {
unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w;
};
# define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1
# endif
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
_gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1>
# elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
struct { \
_Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC); \
int _gl_dummy; \
}
# else
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; }
# endif
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
trailing ';'. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC.
Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an
ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }. */
# ifdef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
# define _GL_VERIFY _Static_assert
# else
# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void)) \
[_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)]
# endif
/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h. */
# ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H
# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT && !defined _Static_assert
# define _Static_assert(R, DIAGNOSTIC) _GL_VERIFY (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
# endif
# if !defined _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT && !defined static_assert
# define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define. */
# endif
# endif
/* @assert.h omit start@ */
/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To
be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike
assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all
contexts in C. verify_true (R) is for scalar contexts, including
integer constant expression contexts. verify (R) is for declaration
contexts, e.g., the top level. */
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression.
Return 1. This is equivalent to verify_expr (R, 1).
verify_true is obsolescent; please use verify_expr instead. */
# define verify_true(R) _GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_true (" #R ")")
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time. Return the value of the
expression E. */
# define verify_expr(R, E) \
(_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E))
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
trailing ';'. */
# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")")
/* @assert.h omit end@ */
#endif

70
lib/vsnprintf.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 2004, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Simon Josefsson and Yoann Vandoorselaere <yoann@prelude-ids.org>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "vasnprintf.h"
/* Print formatted output to string STR. Similar to vsprintf, but
additional length SIZE limit how much is written into STR. Returns
string length of formatted string (which may be larger than SIZE).
STR may be NULL, in which case nothing will be written. On error,
return a negative value. */
int
vsnprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list args)
{
char *output;
size_t len;
size_t lenbuf = size;
output = vasnprintf (str, &lenbuf, format, args);
len = lenbuf;
if (!output)
return -1;
if (output != str)
{
if (size)
{
size_t pruned_len = (len < size ? len : size - 1);
memcpy (str, output, pruned_len);
str[pruned_len] = '\0';
}
free (output);
}
if (len > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
return len;
}

1028
lib/wchar.in.h Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

107
lib/xsize.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
#define _XSIZE_H
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
type size_t. Example:
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
The example thus becomes:
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
*/
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
}
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
{
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
}
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
{
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
}
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
}
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX. */
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Check for overflow. */
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
/* Check against overflow. */
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */

30
m4/00gnulib.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
# 00gnulib.m4 serial 2
dnl Copyright (C) 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl This file must be named something that sorts before all other
dnl gnulib-provided .m4 files. It is needed until such time as we can
dnl assume Autoconf 2.64, with its improved AC_DEFUN_ONCE semantics.
# AC_DEFUN_ONCE([NAME], VALUE)
# ----------------------------
# Define NAME to expand to VALUE on the first use (whether by direct
# expansion, or by AC_REQUIRE), and to nothing on all subsequent uses.
# Avoid bugs in AC_REQUIRE in Autoconf 2.63 and earlier. This
# definition is slower than the version in Autoconf 2.64, because it
# can only use interfaces that existed since 2.59; but it achieves the
# same effect. Quoting is necessary to avoid confusing Automake.
m4_version_prereq([2.63.263], [],
[m4_define([AC][_DEFUN_ONCE],
[AC][_DEFUN([$1],
[AC_REQUIRE([_gl_DEFUN_ONCE([$1])],
[m4_indir([_gl_DEFUN_ONCE([$1])])])])]dnl
[AC][_DEFUN([_gl_DEFUN_ONCE([$1])], [$2])])])
# gl_00GNULIB
# -----------
# Witness macro that this file has been included. Needed to force
# Automake to include this file prior to all other gnulib .m4 files.
AC_DEFUN([gl_00GNULIB])

121
m4/alloca.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
# alloca.m4 serial 14
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
dnl Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_ALLOCA],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])
if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
gl_PREREQ_ALLOCA
fi
# Define an additional variable used in the Makefile substitution.
if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for alloca as a compiler built-in], [gl_cv_rpl_alloca], [
AC_EGREP_CPP([Need own alloca], [
#if defined __GNUC__ || defined _AIX || defined _MSC_VER
Need own alloca
#endif
], [gl_cv_rpl_alloca=yes], [gl_cv_rpl_alloca=no])
])
if test $gl_cv_rpl_alloca = yes; then
dnl OK, alloca can be implemented through a compiler built-in.
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ALLOCA], [1],
[Define to 1 if you have 'alloca' after including <alloca.h>,
a header that may be supplied by this distribution.])
ALLOCA_H=alloca.h
else
dnl alloca exists as a library function, i.e. it is slow and probably
dnl a memory leak. Don't define HAVE_ALLOCA in this case.
ALLOCA_H=
fi
else
ALLOCA_H=alloca.h
fi
AC_SUBST([ALLOCA_H])
AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H], [test -n "$ALLOCA_H"])
])
# Prerequisites of lib/alloca.c.
# STACK_DIRECTION is already handled by AC_FUNC_ALLOCA.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_ALLOCA], [:])
# This works around a bug in autoconf <= 2.68.
# See <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-06/msg00277.html>.
m4_version_prereq([2.69], [] ,[
# This is taken from the following Autoconf patch:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/autoconf.git/commit/?id=6cd9f12520b0d6f76d3230d7565feba1ecf29497
# _AC_LIBOBJ_ALLOCA
# -----------------
# Set up the LIBOBJ replacement of 'alloca'. Well, not exactly
# AC_LIBOBJ since we actually set the output variable 'ALLOCA'.
# Nevertheless, for Automake, AC_LIBSOURCES it.
m4_define([_AC_LIBOBJ_ALLOCA],
[# The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
# that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or
# contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca,
# use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
AC_LIBSOURCES(alloca.c)
AC_SUBST([ALLOCA], [\${LIBOBJDIR}alloca.$ac_objext])dnl
AC_DEFINE(C_ALLOCA, 1, [Define to 1 if using 'alloca.c'.])
AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether 'alloca.c' needs Cray hooks, ac_cv_os_cray,
[AC_EGREP_CPP(webecray,
[#if defined CRAY && ! defined CRAY2
webecray
#else
wenotbecray
#endif
], ac_cv_os_cray=yes, ac_cv_os_cray=no)])
if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
AC_CHECK_FUNC($ac_func,
[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(CRAY_STACKSEG_END, $ac_func,
[Define to one of '_getb67', 'GETB67',
'getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for
'alloca.c' support on those systems.])
break])
done
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([stack direction for C alloca],
[ac_cv_c_stack_direction],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
return find_stack_direction (0, argc + !argv + 20) < 0;
}])],
[ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1],
[ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1],
[ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0])])
AH_VERBATIM([STACK_DIRECTION],
[/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at runtime.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
@%:@undef STACK_DIRECTION])dnl
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(STACK_DIRECTION, $ac_cv_c_stack_direction)
])# _AC_LIBOBJ_ALLOCA
])

61
m4/argp.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
# argp.m4 serial 14
dnl Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_ARGP],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_RESTRICT])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
AC_CHECK_DECLS([program_invocation_name], [],
[AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME], [1],
[Define to 1 to add extern declaration of program_invocation_name to argp.h])],
[[#include <errno.h>]])
AC_CHECK_DECLS([program_invocation_short_name], [],
[AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME], [1],
[Define to 1 to add extern declaration of program_invocation_short_name to argp.h])],
[[#include <errno.h>]])
# Check if program_invocation_name and program_invocation_short_name
# are defined elsewhere. It is improbable that only one of them will
# be defined and other not, I prefer to stay on the safe side and to
# test each one separately.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether program_invocation_name is defined])
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <argp.h>]],
[[program_invocation_name = "test";]])],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME], [1],
[Define if program_invocation_name is defined])
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether program_invocation_short_name is defined])
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <argp.h>]],
[[program_invocation_short_name = "test";]])],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME], [1],
[Define if program_invocation_short_name is defined])
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([clearerr_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([feof_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([ferror_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([fflush_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([fgets_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([fputc_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([fputs_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([fread_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([fwrite_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getc_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getchar_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([putc_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([putchar_unlocked])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([flockfile funlockfile])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([features.h linewrap.h])
])
dnl argp-parse.c depends on GNU getopt internals, therefore use GNU getopt
dnl always.
AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_GETOPT_ALWAYS], [])

19
m4/dirname.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
#serial 10 -*- autoconf -*-
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_DIRNAME],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_DIRNAME_LGPL])
])
AC_DEFUN([gl_DIRNAME_LGPL],
[
dnl Prerequisites of lib/dirname.h.
AC_REQUIRE([gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT])
dnl No prerequisites of lib/basename-lgpl.c, lib/dirname-lgpl.c,
dnl lib/stripslash.c.
])

38
m4/double-slash-root.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# double-slash-root.m4 serial 4 -*- Autoconf -*-
dnl Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether // is distinct from /], [gl_cv_double_slash_root],
[ if test x"$cross_compiling" = xyes ; then
# When cross-compiling, there is no way to tell whether // is special
# short of a list of hosts. However, the only known hosts to date
# that have a distinct // are Apollo DomainOS (too old to port to),
# Cygwin, and z/OS. If anyone knows of another system for which // has
# special semantics and is distinct from /, please report it to
# <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
case $host in
*-cygwin | i370-ibm-openedition)
gl_cv_double_slash_root=yes ;;
*)
# Be optimistic and assume that / and // are the same when we
# don't know.
gl_cv_double_slash_root='unknown, assuming no' ;;
esac
else
set x `ls -di / // 2>/dev/null`
if test "$[2]" = "$[4]" && wc //dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
gl_cv_double_slash_root=no
else
gl_cv_double_slash_root=yes
fi
fi])
if test "$gl_cv_double_slash_root" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT], [1],
[Define to 1 if // is a file system root distinct from /.])
fi
])

134
m4/errno_h.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
# errno_h.m4 serial 11
dnl Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([gl_HEADER_ERRNO_H],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for complete errno.h], [gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete], [
AC_EGREP_CPP([booboo],[
#include <errno.h>
#if !defined ETXTBSY
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ENOMSG
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EIDRM
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ENOLINK
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EPROTO
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EMULTIHOP
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EBADMSG
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EOVERFLOW
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ENOTSUP
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ENETRESET
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ECONNABORTED
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ESTALE
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EDQUOT
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ECANCELED
booboo
#endif
#if !defined EOWNERDEAD
booboo
#endif
#if !defined ENOTRECOVERABLE
booboo
#endif
],
[gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete=no],
[gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete=yes])
])
if test $gl_cv_header_errno_h_complete = yes; then
ERRNO_H=''
else
gl_NEXT_HEADERS([errno.h])
ERRNO_H='errno.h'
fi
AC_SUBST([ERRNO_H])
AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H], [test -n "$ERRNO_H"])
gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE([EMULTIHOP])
gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE([ENOLINK])
gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE([EOVERFLOW])
])
# Assuming $1 = EOVERFLOW.
# The EOVERFLOW errno value ought to be defined in <errno.h>, according to
# POSIX. But some systems (like OpenBSD 4.0 or AIX 3) don't define it, and
# some systems (like OSF/1) define it when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is defined.
# Check for the value of EOVERFLOW.
# Set the variables EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN and EOVERFLOW_VALUE.
AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_ERRNO_VALUE],
[
if test -n "$ERRNO_H"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ]$1[ value], [gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1, [
AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],[
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ]$1[
yes
#endif
],
[gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1[=yes],
[gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1[=no])
if test $gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1[ = no; then
AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],[
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ]$1[
yes
#endif
], [gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1[=hidden])
if test $gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1[ = hidden; then
dnl The macro exists but is hidden.
dnl Define it to the same value.
AC_COMPUTE_INT([gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1, $1, [
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
#include <errno.h>
/* The following two lines are a workaround against an autoconf-2.52 bug. */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
])
fi
fi
])
case $gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1[ in
yes | no)
]$1[_HIDDEN=0; ]$1[_VALUE=
;;
*)
]$1[_HIDDEN=1; ]$1[_VALUE="$gl_cv_header_errno_h_]$1["
;;
esac
AC_SUBST($1[_HIDDEN])
AC_SUBST($1[_VALUE])
fi
])
dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 has AC_COMPUTE_INT built-in.
dnl Remove this when we can assume autoconf >= 2.61.
m4_ifdef([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [], [
AC_DEFUN([AC_COMPUTE_INT], [_AC_COMPUTE_INT([$2],[$1],[$3],[$4])])
])

116
m4/exponentd.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
# exponentd.m4 serial 3
dnl Copyright (C) 2007-2008, 2010-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_DOUBLE_EXPONENT_LOCATION],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([where to find the exponent in a 'double'],
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0],
[
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <float.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#define NWORDS \
((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
typedef union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } memory_double;
static unsigned int ored_words[NWORDS];
static unsigned int anded_words[NWORDS];
static void add_to_ored_words (double x)
{
memory_double m;
size_t i;
/* Clear it first, in case sizeof (double) < sizeof (memory_double). */
memset (&m, 0, sizeof (memory_double));
m.value = x;
for (i = 0; i < NWORDS; i++)
{
ored_words[i] |= m.word[i];
anded_words[i] &= m.word[i];
}
}
int main ()
{
size_t j;
FILE *fp = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
if (fp == NULL)
return 1;
for (j = 0; j < NWORDS; j++)
anded_words[j] = ~ (unsigned int) 0;
add_to_ored_words (0.25);
add_to_ored_words (0.5);
add_to_ored_words (1.0);
add_to_ored_words (2.0);
add_to_ored_words (4.0);
/* Remove bits that are common (e.g. if representation of the first mantissa
bit is explicit). */
for (j = 0; j < NWORDS; j++)
ored_words[j] &= ~anded_words[j];
/* Now find the nonzero word. */
for (j = 0; j < NWORDS; j++)
if (ored_words[j] != 0)
break;
if (j < NWORDS)
{
size_t i;
for (i = j + 1; i < NWORDS; i++)
if (ored_words[i] != 0)
{
fprintf (fp, "unknown");
return (fclose (fp) != 0);
}
for (i = 0; ; i++)
if ((ored_words[j] >> i) & 1)
{
fprintf (fp, "word %d bit %d", (int) j, (int) i);
return (fclose (fp) != 0);
}
}
fprintf (fp, "unknown");
return (fclose (fp) != 0);
}
]])],
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0=`cat conftest.out`],
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="unknown"],
[
dnl On ARM, there are two 'double' floating-point formats, used by
dnl different sets of instructions: The older FPA instructions assume
dnl that they are stored in big-endian word order, while the words
dnl (like integer types) are stored in little-endian byte order.
dnl The newer VFP instructions assume little-endian order
dnl consistently.
AC_EGREP_CPP([mixed_endianness], [
#if defined arm || defined __arm || defined __arm__
mixed_endianness
#endif
],
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="unknown"],
[
pushdef([AC_MSG_CHECKING],[:])dnl
pushdef([AC_MSG_RESULT],[:])dnl
pushdef([AC_MSG_RESULT_UNQUOTED],[:])dnl
AC_C_BIGENDIAN(
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="word 0 bit 20"],
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="word 1 bit 20"],
[gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0="unknown"])
popdef([AC_MSG_RESULT_UNQUOTED])dnl
popdef([AC_MSG_RESULT])dnl
popdef([AC_MSG_CHECKING])dnl
])
])
rm -f conftest.out
])
case "$gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0" in
word*bit*)
word=`echo "$gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0" | sed -e 's/word //' -e 's/ bit.*//'`
bit=`echo "$gl_cv_cc_double_expbit0" | sed -e 's/word.*bit //'`
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD], [$word],
[Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'double'.])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT], [$bit],
[Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of 'double'.])
;;
esac
])

123
m4/extensions.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
# serial 12 -*- Autoconf -*-
# Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them.
# Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This definition of AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS is stolen from CVS
# Autoconf. Perhaps we can remove this once we can assume Autoconf
# 2.62 or later everywhere, but since CVS Autoconf mutates rapidly
# enough in this area it's likely we'll need to redefine
# AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS for quite some time.
# If autoconf reports a warning
# warning: AC_COMPILE_IFELSE was called before AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
# or warning: AC_RUN_IFELSE was called before AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
# the fix is
# 1) to ensure that AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS is never directly invoked
# but always AC_REQUIREd,
# 2) to ensure that for each occurrence of
# AC_REQUIRE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
# or
# AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
# the corresponding gnulib module description has 'extensions' among
# its dependencies. This will ensure that the gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
# invocation occurs in gl_EARLY, not in gl_INIT.
# AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
# ------------------------
# Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them,
# typically due to standards-conformance issues.
# Remember that #undef in AH_VERBATIM gets replaced with #define by
# AC_DEFINE. The goal here is to define all known feature-enabling
# macros, then, if reports of conflicts are made, disable macros that
# cause problems on some platforms (such as __EXTENSIONS__).
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
[AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE])dnl
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_RUN_IFELSE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_CHECK_HEADER([minix/config.h], [MINIX=yes], [MINIX=])
if test "$MINIX" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_SOURCE], [1],
[Define to 1 if you need to in order for 'stat' and other
things to work.])
AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_1_SOURCE], [2],
[Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features
except with this defined.])
AC_DEFINE([_MINIX], [1],
[Define to 1 if on MINIX.])
fi
dnl HP-UX 11.11 defines mbstate_t only if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500,
dnl regardless of whether the flags -Ae or _D_HPUX_SOURCE=1 are already
dnl provided.
case "$host_os" in
hpux*)
AC_DEFINE([_XOPEN_SOURCE], [500],
[Define to 500 only on HP-UX.])
;;
esac
AH_VERBATIM([__EXTENSIONS__],
[/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Mac OS X. */
#ifndef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
# undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
#endif
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
#endif
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
# undef __EXTENSIONS__
#endif
])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__],
[ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
]AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])],
[ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=yes],
[ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__=no])])
test $ac_cv_safe_to_define___extensions__ = yes &&
AC_DEFINE([__EXTENSIONS__])
AC_DEFINE([_ALL_SOURCE])
AC_DEFINE([_DARWIN_C_SOURCE])
AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE])
AC_DEFINE([_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS])
AC_DEFINE([_TANDEM_SOURCE])
])# AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
# gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
# ------------------------
# Enable extensions on systems that normally disable them,
# typically due to standards-conformance issues.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS],
[
dnl Require this macro before AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS.
dnl gnulib does not need it. But if it gets required by third-party macros
dnl after AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS is required, autoconf 2.62..2.63 emit a
dnl warning: "AC_COMPILE_IFELSE was called before AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS".
dnl Note: We can do this only for one of the macros AC_AIX, AC_GNU_SOURCE,
dnl AC_MINIX. If people still use AC_AIX or AC_MINIX, they are out of luck.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
])

98
m4/float_h.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
# float_h.m4 serial 9
dnl Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FLOAT_H],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
FLOAT_H=
REPLACE_FLOAT_LDBL=0
case "$host_os" in
aix* | beos* | openbsd* | mirbsd* | irix*)
FLOAT_H=float.h
;;
freebsd*)
case "$host_cpu" in
changequote(,)dnl
i[34567]86 )
changequote([,])dnl
FLOAT_H=float.h
;;
x86_64 )
# On x86_64 systems, the C compiler may still be generating
# 32-bit code.
AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
[#if defined __LP64__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined __amd64__
yes
#endif],
[],
[FLOAT_H=float.h])
;;
esac
;;
linux*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc*)
FLOAT_H=float.h
;;
esac
;;
esac
case "$host_os" in
aix* | freebsd* | linux*)
if test -n "$FLOAT_H"; then
REPLACE_FLOAT_LDBL=1
fi
;;
esac
dnl Test against glibc-2.7 Linux/SPARC64 bug.
REPLACE_ITOLD=0
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether conversion from 'int' to 'long double' works],
[gl_cv_func_itold_works],
[
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
int i = -1;
volatile long double ld;
int main ()
{
ld += i * 1.0L;
if (ld > 0)
return 1;
return 0;
}]])],
[gl_cv_func_itold_works=yes],
[gl_cv_func_itold_works=no],
[case "$host" in
sparc*-*-linux*)
AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
[#if defined __LP64__ || defined __arch64__
yes
#endif],
[gl_cv_func_itold_works="guessing no"],
[gl_cv_func_itold_works="guessing yes"])
;;
*) gl_cv_func_itold_works="guessing yes" ;;
esac
])
])
case "$gl_cv_func_itold_works" in
*no)
REPLACE_ITOLD=1
dnl We add the workaround to <float.h> but also to <math.h>,
dnl to increase the chances that the fix function gets pulled in.
FLOAT_H=float.h
;;
esac
if test -n "$FLOAT_H"; then
gl_NEXT_HEADERS([float.h])
fi
AC_SUBST([FLOAT_H])
AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H], [test -n "$FLOAT_H"])
AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ITOLD])
])

368
m4/getopt.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
# getopt.m4 serial 44
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Request a POSIX compliant getopt function.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_GETOPT_POSIX],
[
m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gl_getopt_required=POSIX])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_UNISTD_H_DEFAULTS])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS])
dnl Other modules can request the gnulib implementation of the getopt
dnl functions unconditionally, by defining gl_REPLACE_GETOPT_ALWAYS.
dnl argp.m4 does this.
m4_ifdef([gl_REPLACE_GETOPT_ALWAYS], [
REPLACE_GETOPT=1
], [
REPLACE_GETOPT=0
if test -n "$gl_replace_getopt"; then
REPLACE_GETOPT=1
fi
])
if test $REPLACE_GETOPT = 1; then
dnl Arrange for getopt.h to be created.
gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER
fi
])
# Request a POSIX compliant getopt function with GNU extensions (such as
# options with optional arguments) and the functions getopt_long,
# getopt_long_only.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_GETOPT_GNU],
[
m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gl_getopt_required=GNU])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_GETOPT_POSIX])
])
# Determine whether to replace the entire getopt facility.
AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_CHECK_HEADERS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK]) dnl for awk that supports ENVIRON
dnl Persuade Solaris <unistd.h> to declare optarg, optind, opterr, optopt.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([getopt.h])
if test $ac_cv_header_getopt_h = yes; then
HAVE_GETOPT_H=1
else
HAVE_GETOPT_H=0
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_GETOPT_H])
gl_replace_getopt=
dnl Test whether <getopt.h> is available.
if test -z "$gl_replace_getopt" && test $gl_getopt_required = GNU; then
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([getopt.h], [], [gl_replace_getopt=yes])
fi
dnl Test whether the function getopt_long is available.
if test -z "$gl_replace_getopt" && test $gl_getopt_required = GNU; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getopt_long_only], [], [gl_replace_getopt=yes])
fi
dnl POSIX 2008 does not specify leading '+' behavior, but see
dnl http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=191 for a recommendation on
dnl the next version of POSIX. For now, we only guarantee leading '+'
dnl behavior with getopt-gnu.
if test -z "$gl_replace_getopt"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether getopt is POSIX compatible],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix],
[
dnl Merging these three different test programs into a single one
dnl would require a reset mechanism. On BSD systems, it can be done
dnl through 'optreset'; on some others (glibc), it can be done by
dnl setting 'optind' to 0; on others again (HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1,
dnl Solaris 9, musl libc), there is no such mechanism.
if test $cross_compiling = no; then
dnl Sanity check. Succeeds everywhere (except on MSVC,
dnl which lacks <unistd.h> and getopt() entirely).
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
int
main ()
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char a[] = "-a";
static char foo[] = "foo";
static char bar[] = "bar";
char *argv[] = { program, a, foo, bar, NULL };
int c;
c = getopt (4, argv, "ab");
if (!(c == 'a'))
return 1;
c = getopt (4, argv, "ab");
if (!(c == -1))
return 2;
if (!(optind == 2))
return 3;
return 0;
}
]])],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix=maybe],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix=no])
if test $gl_cv_func_getopt_posix = maybe; then
dnl Sanity check with '+'. Succeeds everywhere (except on MSVC,
dnl which lacks <unistd.h> and getopt() entirely).
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
int
main ()
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char donald[] = "donald";
static char p[] = "-p";
static char billy[] = "billy";
static char duck[] = "duck";
static char a[] = "-a";
static char bar[] = "bar";
char *argv[] = { program, donald, p, billy, duck, a, bar, NULL };
int c;
c = getopt (7, argv, "+abp:q:");
if (!(c == -1))
return 4;
if (!(strcmp (argv[0], "program") == 0))
return 5;
if (!(strcmp (argv[1], "donald") == 0))
return 6;
if (!(strcmp (argv[2], "-p") == 0))
return 7;
if (!(strcmp (argv[3], "billy") == 0))
return 8;
if (!(strcmp (argv[4], "duck") == 0))
return 9;
if (!(strcmp (argv[5], "-a") == 0))
return 10;
if (!(strcmp (argv[6], "bar") == 0))
return 11;
if (!(optind == 1))
return 12;
return 0;
}
]])],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix=maybe],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix=no])
fi
if test $gl_cv_func_getopt_posix = maybe; then
dnl Detect Mac OS X 10.5, AIX 7.1, mingw bug.
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
int
main ()
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char ab[] = "-ab";
char *argv[3] = { program, ab, NULL };
if (getopt (2, argv, "ab:") != 'a')
return 13;
if (getopt (2, argv, "ab:") != '?')
return 14;
if (optopt != 'b')
return 15;
if (optind != 2)
return 16;
return 0;
}
]])],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix=yes],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_posix=no])
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
darwin* | aix* | mingw*) gl_cv_func_getopt_posix="guessing no";;
*) gl_cv_func_getopt_posix="guessing yes";;
esac
fi
])
case "$gl_cv_func_getopt_posix" in
*no) gl_replace_getopt=yes ;;
esac
fi
if test -z "$gl_replace_getopt" && test $gl_getopt_required = GNU; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working GNU getopt function], [gl_cv_func_getopt_gnu],
[# Even with POSIXLY_CORRECT, the GNU extension of leading '-' in the
# optstring is necessary for programs like m4 that have POSIX-mandated
# semantics for supporting options interspersed with files.
# Also, since getopt_long is a GNU extension, we require optind=0.
# Bash ties 'set -o posix' to a non-exported POSIXLY_CORRECT;
# so take care to revert to the correct (non-)export state.
dnl GNU Coding Standards currently allow awk but not env; besides, env
dnl is ambiguous with environment values that contain newlines.
gl_awk_probe='BEGIN { if ("POSIXLY_CORRECT" in ENVIRON) print "x" }'
case ${POSIXLY_CORRECT+x}`$AWK "$gl_awk_probe" </dev/null` in
xx) gl_had_POSIXLY_CORRECT=exported ;;
x) gl_had_POSIXLY_CORRECT=yes ;;
*) gl_had_POSIXLY_CORRECT= ;;
esac
POSIXLY_CORRECT=1
export POSIXLY_CORRECT
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <getopt.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <string.h>
]GL_NOCRASH[
]], [[
int result = 0;
nocrash_init();
/* This code succeeds on glibc 2.8, OpenBSD 4.0, Cygwin, mingw,
and fails on Mac OS X 10.5, AIX 5.2, HP-UX 11, IRIX 6.5,
OSF/1 5.1, Solaris 10. */
{
static char conftest[] = "conftest";
static char plus[] = "-+";
char *argv[3] = { conftest, plus, NULL };
opterr = 0;
if (getopt (2, argv, "+a") != '?')
result |= 1;
}
/* This code succeeds on glibc 2.8, mingw,
and fails on Mac OS X 10.5, OpenBSD 4.0, AIX 5.2, HP-UX 11,
IRIX 6.5, OSF/1 5.1, Solaris 10, Cygwin 1.5.x. */
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char p[] = "-p";
static char foo[] = "foo";
static char bar[] = "bar";
char *argv[] = { program, p, foo, bar, NULL };
optind = 1;
if (getopt (4, argv, "p::") != 'p')
result |= 2;
else if (optarg != NULL)
result |= 4;
else if (getopt (4, argv, "p::") != -1)
result |= 6;
else if (optind != 2)
result |= 8;
}
/* This code succeeds on glibc 2.8 and fails on Cygwin 1.7.0. */
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char foo[] = "foo";
static char p[] = "-p";
char *argv[] = { program, foo, p, NULL };
optind = 0;
if (getopt (3, argv, "-p") != 1)
result |= 16;
else if (getopt (3, argv, "-p") != 'p')
result |= 16;
}
/* This code fails on glibc 2.11. */
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char b[] = "-b";
static char a[] = "-a";
char *argv[] = { program, b, a, NULL };
optind = opterr = 0;
if (getopt (3, argv, "+:a:b") != 'b')
result |= 32;
else if (getopt (3, argv, "+:a:b") != ':')
result |= 32;
}
/* This code dumps core on glibc 2.14. */
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char w[] = "-W";
static char dummy[] = "dummy";
char *argv[] = { program, w, dummy, NULL };
optind = opterr = 1;
if (getopt (3, argv, "W;") != 'W')
result |= 64;
}
return result;
]])],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_gnu=yes],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_gnu=no],
[dnl Cross compiling. Assume the worst, even on glibc platforms.
gl_cv_func_getopt_gnu="guessing no"
])
case $gl_had_POSIXLY_CORRECT in
exported) ;;
yes) AS_UNSET([POSIXLY_CORRECT]); POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 ;;
*) AS_UNSET([POSIXLY_CORRECT]) ;;
esac
])
if test "$gl_cv_func_getopt_gnu" != yes; then
gl_replace_getopt=yes
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working GNU getopt_long function],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_long_gnu],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[#include <getopt.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <string.h>
]],
[[static const struct option long_options[] =
{
{ "xtremely-",no_argument, NULL, 1003 },
{ "xtra", no_argument, NULL, 1001 },
{ "xtreme", no_argument, NULL, 1002 },
{ "xtremely", no_argument, NULL, 1003 },
{ NULL, 0, NULL, 0 }
};
/* This code fails on OpenBSD 5.0. */
{
static char program[] = "program";
static char xtremel[] = "--xtremel";
char *argv[] = { program, xtremel, NULL };
int option_index;
optind = 1; opterr = 0;
if (getopt_long (2, argv, "", long_options, &option_index) != 1003)
return 1;
}
return 0;
]])],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_long_gnu=yes],
[gl_cv_func_getopt_long_gnu=no],
[dnl Cross compiling. Guess no on OpenBSD, yes otherwise.
case "$host_os" in
openbsd*) gl_cv_func_getopt_long_gnu="guessing no";;
*) gl_cv_func_getopt_long_gnu="guessing yes";;
esac
])
])
case "$gl_cv_func_getopt_long_gnu" in
*yes) ;;
*) gl_replace_getopt=yes ;;
esac
fi
fi
])
AC_DEFUN([gl_GETOPT_SUBSTITUTE_HEADER],
[
GETOPT_H=getopt.h
AC_DEFINE([__GETOPT_PREFIX], [[rpl_]],
[Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables
should be used.])
AC_SUBST([GETOPT_H])
])
# Prerequisites of lib/getopt*.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_GETOPT],
[
AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE([getenv])
])

48
m4/gnulib-cache.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
# Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this file. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
# this file may be distributed as part of a program that
# contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
#
# Generated by gnulib-tool.
#
# This file represents the specification of how gnulib-tool is used.
# It acts as a cache: It is written and read by gnulib-tool.
# In projects that use version control, this file is meant to be put under
# version control, like the configure.ac and various Makefile.am files.
# Specification in the form of a command-line invocation:
# gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --tests-base=tests --aux-dir=tools --no-conditional-dependencies --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl --no-vc-files argp
# Specification in the form of a few gnulib-tool.m4 macro invocations:
gl_LOCAL_DIR([])
gl_MODULES([
argp
])
gl_AVOID([])
gl_SOURCE_BASE([lib])
gl_M4_BASE([m4])
gl_PO_BASE([])
gl_DOC_BASE([doc])
gl_TESTS_BASE([tests])
gl_LIB([libgnu])
gl_MAKEFILE_NAME([])
gl_MACRO_PREFIX([gl])
gl_PO_DOMAIN([])
gl_WITNESS_C_MACRO([])
gl_VC_FILES([false])

373
m4/gnulib-common.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
# gnulib-common.m4 serial 33
dnl Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# gl_COMMON
# is expanded unconditionally through gnulib-tool magic.
AC_DEFUN([gl_COMMON], [
dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the code is expanded once only.
AC_REQUIRE([gl_00GNULIB])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_COMMON_BODY])
])
AC_DEFUN([gl_COMMON_BODY], [
AH_VERBATIM([_Noreturn],
[/* The _Noreturn keyword of C11. */
#if ! (defined _Noreturn \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__))
# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
|| 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif defined _MSC_VER && 1200 <= _MSC_VER
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
])
AH_VERBATIM([isoc99_inline],
[/* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports
the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of
earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__.
__APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for Mac OS X.
__APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version.
__STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode. */
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
# define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1
#endif])
AH_VERBATIM([unused_parameter],
[/* Define as a marker that can be attached to declarations that might not
be used. This helps to reduce warnings, such as from
GCC -Wunused-parameter. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
# define _GL_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#else
# define _GL_UNUSED
#endif
/* The name _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ is an earlier spelling, although the name
is a misnomer outside of parameter lists. */
#define _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ _GL_UNUSED
/* The __pure__ attribute was added in gcc 2.96. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
#endif
/* The __const__ attribute was added in gcc 2.95. */
#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95)
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST /* empty */
#endif
])
dnl Preparation for running test programs:
dnl Tell glibc to write diagnostics from -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 to stderr, not
dnl to /dev/tty, so they can be redirected to log files. Such diagnostics
dnl arise e.g., in the macros gl_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_N, gl_SNPRINTF_DIRECTIVE_N.
LIBC_FATAL_STDERR_=1
export LIBC_FATAL_STDERR_
])
# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION
# expands to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
# whether a gnulib module that has been requested shall be considered present
# or not.
m4_define([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION], [1])
# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE([modulename])
# sets the shell variable that indicates the presence of the given module to
# a C preprocessor expression that will evaluate to 1.
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE],
[
gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE_AUX(
[GNULIB_[]m4_translit([[$1]],
[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])],
[gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION])
])
# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE_AUX([variable])
# modifies the shell variable to include the gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION.
# The shell variable's value is a C preprocessor expression that evaluates
# to 0 or 1.
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE_AUX],
[
m4_if(m4_defn([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION]), [1],
[
dnl Simplify the expression VALUE || 1 to 1.
$1=1
],
[gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE_AUX_OR([$1],
[gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION])])
])
# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE_AUX_OR([variable], [condition])
# modifies the shell variable to include the given condition. The shell
# variable's value is a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 0 or 1.
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE_AUX_OR],
[
dnl Simplify the expression 1 || CONDITION to 1.
if test "$[]$1" != 1; then
dnl Simplify the expression 0 || CONDITION to CONDITION.
if test "$[]$1" = 0; then
$1=$2
else
$1="($[]$1 || $2)"
fi
fi
])
# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([modulename])
# defines a C macro indicating the presence of the given module
# in a location where it can be used.
# | Value | Value |
# | in lib/ | in tests/ |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
# Module present among main modules: | 1 | 1 |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
# Module present among tests-related modules: | 0 | 1 |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
# Module not present at all: | 0 | 0 |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR],
[
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GNULIB_]m4_translit([[$1]],
[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___]),
[gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION],
[Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0,
depending whether the gnulib module $1 shall be considered present.])
])
# gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS([modulename])
# defines a C macro indicating the presence of the given module
# in lib or tests. This is useful to determine whether the module
# should be tested.
# | Value | Value |
# | in lib/ | in tests/ |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
# Module present among main modules: | 1 | 1 |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
# Module present among tests-related modules: | 1 | 1 |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
# Module not present at all: | 0 | 0 |
# --------------------------------------------+---------+-----------+
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS],
[
AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_TEST_]m4_translit([[$1]],
[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___]), [1],
[Define to 1 when the gnulib module $1 should be tested.])
])
# gl_ASSERT_NO_GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# asserts that there will never be a need to #define GNULIB_POSIXCHECK.
# and thereby enables an optimization of configure and config.h.
# Used by Emacs.
AC_DEFUN([gl_ASSERT_NO_GNULIB_POSIXCHECK],
[
dnl Override gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE.
dnl But hide this definition from 'aclocal'.
AC_DEFUN([gl_W][ARN_ON_USE_PREPARE], [])
])
# gl_ASSERT_NO_GNULIB_TESTS
# asserts that there will be no gnulib tests in the scope of the configure.ac
# and thereby enables an optimization of config.h.
# Used by Emacs.
AC_DEFUN([gl_ASSERT_NO_GNULIB_TESTS],
[
dnl Override gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS.
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS], [])
])
# Test whether <features.h> exists.
# Set HAVE_FEATURES_H.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FEATURES_H],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([features.h])
if test $ac_cv_header_features_h = yes; then
HAVE_FEATURES_H=1
else
HAVE_FEATURES_H=0
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_FEATURES_H])
])
# m4_foreach_w
# is a backport of autoconf-2.59c's m4_foreach_w.
# Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.60.
m4_ifndef([m4_foreach_w],
[m4_define([m4_foreach_w],
[m4_foreach([$1], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2]), [ ]), [$3])])])
# AS_VAR_IF(VAR, VALUE, [IF-MATCH], [IF-NOT-MATCH])
# ----------------------------------------------------
# Backport of autoconf-2.63b's macro.
# Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.64.
m4_ifndef([AS_VAR_IF],
[m4_define([AS_VAR_IF],
[AS_IF([test x"AS_VAR_GET([$1])" = x""$2], [$3], [$4])])])
# gl_PROG_CC_C99
# Modifies the value of the shell variable CC in an attempt to make $CC
# understand ISO C99 source code.
# This is like AC_PROG_CC_C99, except that
# - AC_PROG_CC_C99 did not exist in Autoconf versions < 2.60,
# - AC_PROG_CC_C99 does not mix well with AC_PROG_CC_STDC
# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-09/msg00367.html>,
# but many more packages use AC_PROG_CC_STDC than AC_PROG_CC_C99
# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-09/msg00441.html>.
# Remaining problems:
# - When AC_PROG_CC_STDC is invoked twice, it adds the C99 enabling options
# to CC twice
# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2011-09/msg00431.html>.
# - AC_PROG_CC_STDC is likely to change now that C11 is an ISO standard.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PROG_CC_C99],
[
dnl Change that version number to the minimum Autoconf version that supports
dnl mixing AC_PROG_CC_C99 calls with AC_PROG_CC_STDC calls.
m4_version_prereq([9.0],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_STDC])])
])
# gl_PROG_AR_RANLIB
# Determines the values for AR, ARFLAGS, RANLIB that fit with the compiler.
# The user can set the variables AR, ARFLAGS, RANLIB if he wants to override
# the values.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PROG_AR_RANLIB],
[
dnl Minix 3 comes with two toolchains: The Amsterdam Compiler Kit compiler
dnl as "cc", and GCC as "gcc". They have different object file formats and
dnl library formats. In particular, the GNU binutils programs ar, ranlib
dnl produce libraries that work only with gcc, not with cc.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Minix Amsterdam compiler], [gl_cv_c_amsterdam_compiler],
[
AC_EGREP_CPP([Amsterdam],
[
#ifdef __ACK__
Amsterdam
#endif
],
[gl_cv_c_amsterdam_compiler=yes],
[gl_cv_c_amsterdam_compiler=no])
])
if test -z "$AR"; then
if test $gl_cv_c_amsterdam_compiler = yes; then
AR='cc -c.a'
if test -z "$ARFLAGS"; then
ARFLAGS='-o'
fi
else
dnl Use the Automake-documented default values for AR and ARFLAGS,
dnl but prefer ${host}-ar over ar (useful for cross-compiling).
AC_CHECK_TOOL([AR], [ar], [ar])
if test -z "$ARFLAGS"; then
ARFLAGS='cru'
fi
fi
else
if test -z "$ARFLAGS"; then
ARFLAGS='cru'
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([AR])
AC_SUBST([ARFLAGS])
if test -z "$RANLIB"; then
if test $gl_cv_c_amsterdam_compiler = yes; then
RANLIB=':'
else
dnl Use the ranlib program if it is available.
AC_PROG_RANLIB
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([RANLIB])
])
# AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
# is a backport of autoconf-2.60's AC_PROG_MKDIR_P, with a fix
# for interoperability with automake-1.9.6 from autoconf-2.62.
# Remove this macro when we can assume autoconf >= 2.62 or
# autoconf >= 2.60 && automake >= 1.10.
m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P], [
dnl For automake-1.9.6 && autoconf < 2.62: Ensure MKDIR_P is AC_SUBSTed.
m4_define([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])[
AC_SUBST([MKDIR_P])])], [
dnl For autoconf < 2.60: Backport of AC_PROG_MKDIR_P.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
MKDIR_P='$(mkdir_p)'
AC_SUBST([MKDIR_P])])])
# AC_C_RESTRICT
# This definition overrides the AC_C_RESTRICT macro from autoconf 2.60..2.61,
# so that mixed use of GNU C and GNU C++ and mixed use of Sun C and Sun C++
# works.
# This definition can be removed once autoconf >= 2.62 can be assumed.
m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]),[2.62]),[-1],[
AC_DEFUN([AC_C_RESTRICT],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for C/C++ restrict keyword], [ac_cv_c_restrict],
[ac_cv_c_restrict=no
# The order here caters to the fact that C++ does not require restrict.
for ac_kw in __restrict __restrict__ _Restrict restrict; do
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[typedef int * int_ptr;
int foo (int_ptr $ac_kw ip) {
return ip[0];
}]],
[[int s[1];
int * $ac_kw t = s;
t[0] = 0;
return foo(t)]])],
[ac_cv_c_restrict=$ac_kw])
test "$ac_cv_c_restrict" != no && break
done
])
AH_VERBATIM([restrict],
[/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to
nothing if this is not supported. Do not define if restrict is
supported directly. */
#undef restrict
/* Work around a bug in Sun C++: it does not support _Restrict, even
though the corresponding Sun C compiler does, which causes
"#define restrict _Restrict" in the previous line. Perhaps some future
version of Sun C++ will work with _Restrict; if so, it'll probably
define __RESTRICT, just as Sun C does. */
#if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT
# define _Restrict
#endif])
case $ac_cv_c_restrict in
restrict) ;;
no) AC_DEFINE([restrict], []) ;;
*) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([restrict], [$ac_cv_c_restrict]) ;;
esac
])
])
# gl_BIGENDIAN
# is like AC_C_BIGENDIAN, except that it can be AC_REQUIREd.
# Note that AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_BIGENDIAN]) does not work reliably because some
# macros invoke AC_C_BIGENDIAN with arguments.
AC_DEFUN([gl_BIGENDIAN],
[
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
])
# gl_CACHE_VAL_SILENT(cache-id, command-to-set-it)
# is like AC_CACHE_VAL(cache-id, command-to-set-it), except that it does not
# output a spurious "(cached)" mark in the midst of other configure output.
# This macro should be used instead of AC_CACHE_VAL when it is not surrounded
# by an AC_MSG_CHECKING/AC_MSG_RESULT pair.
AC_DEFUN([gl_CACHE_VAL_SILENT],
[
saved_as_echo_n="$as_echo_n"
as_echo_n=':'
AC_CACHE_VAL([$1], [$2])
as_echo_n="$saved_as_echo_n"
])

504
m4/gnulib-comp.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
# DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
# Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this file. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
# this file may be distributed as part of a program that
# contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
#
# Generated by gnulib-tool.
#
# This file represents the compiled summary of the specification in
# gnulib-cache.m4. It lists the computed macro invocations that need
# to be invoked from configure.ac.
# In projects that use version control, this file can be treated like
# other built files.
# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section
# "Checks for programs", right after AC_PROG_CC, and certainly before
# any checks for libraries, header files, types and library functions.
AC_DEFUN([gl_EARLY],
[
m4_pattern_forbid([^gl_[A-Z]])dnl the gnulib macro namespace
m4_pattern_allow([^gl_ES$])dnl a valid locale name
m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LIBOBJS$])dnl a variable
m4_pattern_allow([^gl_LTLIBOBJS$])dnl a variable
AC_REQUIRE([gl_PROG_AR_RANLIB])
# Code from module alloca:
# Code from module alloca-opt:
# Code from module argp:
# Code from module dirname-lgpl:
# Code from module dosname:
# Code from module double-slash-root:
# Code from module errno:
# Code from module extensions:
AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
# Code from module float:
# Code from module getopt-gnu:
# Code from module getopt-posix:
# Code from module gettext-h:
# Code from module include_next:
# Code from module intprops:
# Code from module malloc-gnu:
# Code from module malloc-posix:
# Code from module memchr:
# Code from module mempcpy:
# Code from module multiarch:
# Code from module nocrash:
# Code from module rawmemchr:
# Code from module size_max:
# Code from module sleep:
# Code from module snippet/_Noreturn:
# Code from module snippet/arg-nonnull:
# Code from module snippet/c++defs:
# Code from module snippet/warn-on-use:
# Code from module ssize_t:
# Code from module stdalign:
# Code from module stdbool:
# Code from module stddef:
# Code from module stdint:
# Code from module stdio:
# Code from module stdlib:
# Code from module strcase:
# Code from module strchrnul:
# Code from module strerror:
# Code from module strerror-override:
# Code from module string:
# Code from module strings:
# Code from module strndup:
# Code from module strnlen:
# Code from module sys_types:
# Code from module sysexits:
# Code from module unistd:
# Code from module vasnprintf:
# Code from module verify:
# Code from module vsnprintf:
# Code from module wchar:
# Code from module xsize:
])
# This macro should be invoked from ./configure.ac, in the section
# "Check for header files, types and library functions".
AC_DEFUN([gl_INIT],
[
AM_CONDITIONAL([GL_COND_LIBTOOL], [false])
gl_cond_libtool=false
gl_libdeps=
gl_ltlibdeps=
gl_m4_base='m4'
m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gl_LIBOBJ]))
m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS]))
m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES]))
m4_pushdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST], [])
m4_pushdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR], [])
gl_COMMON
gl_source_base='lib'
gl_FUNC_ALLOCA
gl_ARGP
m4_ifdef([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION],
[AM_][XGETTEXT_OPTION([--flag=argp_error:2:c-format])
AM_][XGETTEXT_OPTION([--flag=argp_failure:4:c-format])])
gl_DIRNAME_LGPL
gl_DOUBLE_SLASH_ROOT
gl_HEADER_ERRNO_H
gl_FLOAT_H
if test $REPLACE_FLOAT_LDBL = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([float])
fi
if test $REPLACE_ITOLD = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([itold])
fi
gl_FUNC_GETOPT_GNU
if test $REPLACE_GETOPT = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([getopt])
AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1])
gl_PREREQ_GETOPT
dnl Arrange for unistd.h to include getopt.h.
GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT=1
fi
AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT])
gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS([getopt-gnu])
gl_FUNC_GETOPT_POSIX
if test $REPLACE_GETOPT = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([getopt])
AC_LIBOBJ([getopt1])
gl_PREREQ_GETOPT
dnl Arrange for unistd.h to include getopt.h.
GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT=1
fi
AC_SUBST([GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT])
AC_SUBST([LIBINTL])
AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL])
gl_FUNC_MALLOC_GNU
if test $REPLACE_MALLOC = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
fi
gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([malloc-gnu])
gl_FUNC_MALLOC_POSIX
if test $REPLACE_MALLOC = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
fi
gl_STDLIB_MODULE_INDICATOR([malloc-posix])
gl_FUNC_MEMCHR
if test $HAVE_MEMCHR = 0 || test $REPLACE_MEMCHR = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([memchr])
gl_PREREQ_MEMCHR
fi
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([memchr])
gl_FUNC_MEMPCPY
if test $HAVE_MEMPCPY = 0; then
AC_LIBOBJ([mempcpy])
gl_PREREQ_MEMPCPY
fi
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([mempcpy])
gl_MULTIARCH
gl_FUNC_RAWMEMCHR
if test $HAVE_RAWMEMCHR = 0; then
AC_LIBOBJ([rawmemchr])
gl_PREREQ_RAWMEMCHR
fi
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([rawmemchr])
gl_SIZE_MAX
gl_FUNC_SLEEP
if test $HAVE_SLEEP = 0 || test $REPLACE_SLEEP = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([sleep])
fi
gl_UNISTD_MODULE_INDICATOR([sleep])
gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T
gl_STDALIGN_H
AM_STDBOOL_H
gl_STDDEF_H
gl_STDINT_H
gl_STDIO_H
gl_STDLIB_H
gl_STRCASE
if test $HAVE_STRCASECMP = 0; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strcasecmp])
gl_PREREQ_STRCASECMP
fi
if test $HAVE_STRNCASECMP = 0; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strncasecmp])
gl_PREREQ_STRNCASECMP
fi
gl_FUNC_STRCHRNUL
if test $HAVE_STRCHRNUL = 0 || test $REPLACE_STRCHRNUL = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strchrnul])
gl_PREREQ_STRCHRNUL
fi
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([strchrnul])
gl_FUNC_STRERROR
if test $REPLACE_STRERROR = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strerror])
fi
gl_MODULE_INDICATOR([strerror])
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([strerror])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_HEADER_ERRNO_H])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_STRERROR_0])
if test -n "$ERRNO_H" || test $REPLACE_STRERROR_0 = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strerror-override])
gl_PREREQ_SYS_H_WINSOCK2
fi
gl_HEADER_STRING_H
gl_HEADER_STRINGS_H
gl_FUNC_STRNDUP
if test $HAVE_STRNDUP = 0 || test $REPLACE_STRNDUP = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strndup])
fi
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([strndup])
gl_FUNC_STRNLEN
if test $HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN = 0 || test $REPLACE_STRNLEN = 1; then
AC_LIBOBJ([strnlen])
gl_PREREQ_STRNLEN
fi
gl_STRING_MODULE_INDICATOR([strnlen])
gl_SYS_TYPES_H
AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
gl_SYSEXITS
gl_UNISTD_H
gl_FUNC_VASNPRINTF
gl_FUNC_VSNPRINTF
gl_STDIO_MODULE_INDICATOR([vsnprintf])
gl_WCHAR_H
gl_XSIZE
# End of code from modules
m4_ifval(gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST, [
m4_syscmd([test ! -d ]m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR])[ ||
for gl_file in ]gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST[ ; do
if test ! -r ]m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR])[/$gl_file ; then
echo "missing file ]m4_defn([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR])[/$gl_file" >&2
exit 1
fi
done])dnl
m4_if(m4_sysval, [0], [],
[AC_FATAL([expected source file, required through AC_LIBSOURCES, not found])])
])
m4_popdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR])
m4_popdef([gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST])
m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES])
m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS])
m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([
gl_libobjs=
gl_ltlibobjs=
if test -n "$gl_LIBOBJS"; then
# Remove the extension.
sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
for i in `for i in $gl_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed -e "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do
gl_libobjs="$gl_libobjs $i.$ac_objext"
gl_ltlibobjs="$gl_ltlibobjs $i.lo"
done
fi
AC_SUBST([gl_LIBOBJS], [$gl_libobjs])
AC_SUBST([gl_LTLIBOBJS], [$gl_ltlibobjs])
])
gltests_libdeps=
gltests_ltlibdeps=
m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([gltests_LIBOBJ]))
m4_pushdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS], m4_defn([gltests_REPLACE_FUNCS]))
m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES], m4_defn([gltests_LIBSOURCES]))
m4_pushdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST], [])
m4_pushdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR], [])
gl_COMMON
gl_source_base='tests'
changequote(,)dnl
gltests_WITNESS=IN_`echo "${PACKAGE-$PACKAGE_TARNAME}" | LC_ALL=C tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ | LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/[^A-Z0-9_]/_/g'`_GNULIB_TESTS
changequote([, ])dnl
AC_SUBST([gltests_WITNESS])
gl_module_indicator_condition=$gltests_WITNESS
m4_pushdef([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION], [$gl_module_indicator_condition])
m4_popdef([gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_CONDITION])
m4_ifval(gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST, [
m4_syscmd([test ! -d ]m4_defn([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR])[ ||
for gl_file in ]gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST[ ; do
if test ! -r ]m4_defn([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR])[/$gl_file ; then
echo "missing file ]m4_defn([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR])[/$gl_file" >&2
exit 1
fi
done])dnl
m4_if(m4_sysval, [0], [],
[AC_FATAL([expected source file, required through AC_LIBSOURCES, not found])])
])
m4_popdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR])
m4_popdef([gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST])
m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES])
m4_popdef([AC_REPLACE_FUNCS])
m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([
gltests_libobjs=
gltests_ltlibobjs=
if test -n "$gltests_LIBOBJS"; then
# Remove the extension.
sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
for i in `for i in $gltests_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed -e "$sed_drop_objext" | sort | uniq`; do
gltests_libobjs="$gltests_libobjs $i.$ac_objext"
gltests_ltlibobjs="$gltests_ltlibobjs $i.lo"
done
fi
AC_SUBST([gltests_LIBOBJS], [$gltests_libobjs])
AC_SUBST([gltests_LTLIBOBJS], [$gltests_ltlibobjs])
])
LIBGNU_LIBDEPS="$gl_libdeps"
AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LIBDEPS])
LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS="$gl_ltlibdeps"
AC_SUBST([LIBGNU_LTLIBDEPS])
])
# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes
# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBOBJ], [
AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [gl_LIBSOURCES([$1.c])])dnl
gl_LIBOBJS="$gl_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext"
])
# Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes
# into gl_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
AC_DEFUN([gl_REPLACE_FUNCS], [
m4_foreach_w([gl_NAME], [$1], [AC_LIBSOURCES(gl_NAME[.c])])dnl
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gl_LIBOBJ($ac_func)])
])
# Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except the directory where the source file is
# expected is derived from the gnulib-tool parameterization,
# and alloca is special cased (for the alloca-opt module).
# We could also entirely rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES.
AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBSOURCES], [
m4_foreach([_gl_NAME], [$1], [
m4_if(_gl_NAME, [alloca.c], [], [
m4_define([gl_LIBSOURCES_DIR], [lib])
m4_append([gl_LIBSOURCES_LIST], _gl_NAME, [ ])
])
])
])
# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that the module name goes
# into gltests_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
AC_DEFUN([gltests_LIBOBJ], [
AS_LITERAL_IF([$1], [gltests_LIBSOURCES([$1.c])])dnl
gltests_LIBOBJS="$gltests_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext"
])
# Like AC_REPLACE_FUNCS, except that the module name goes
# into gltests_LIBOBJS instead of into LIBOBJS.
AC_DEFUN([gltests_REPLACE_FUNCS], [
m4_foreach_w([gl_NAME], [$1], [AC_LIBSOURCES(gl_NAME[.c])])dnl
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([$1], , [gltests_LIBOBJ($ac_func)])
])
# Like AC_LIBSOURCES, except the directory where the source file is
# expected is derived from the gnulib-tool parameterization,
# and alloca is special cased (for the alloca-opt module).
# We could also entirely rely on EXTRA_lib..._SOURCES.
AC_DEFUN([gltests_LIBSOURCES], [
m4_foreach([_gl_NAME], [$1], [
m4_if(_gl_NAME, [alloca.c], [], [
m4_define([gltests_LIBSOURCES_DIR], [tests])
m4_append([gltests_LIBSOURCES_LIST], _gl_NAME, [ ])
])
])
])
# This macro records the list of files which have been installed by
# gnulib-tool and may be removed by future gnulib-tool invocations.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FILE_LIST], [
build-aux/snippet/_Noreturn.h
build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h
build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h
build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h
lib/alloca.c
lib/alloca.in.h
lib/argp-ba.c
lib/argp-eexst.c
lib/argp-fmtstream.c
lib/argp-fmtstream.h
lib/argp-fs-xinl.c
lib/argp-help.c
lib/argp-namefrob.h
lib/argp-parse.c
lib/argp-pin.c
lib/argp-pv.c
lib/argp-pvh.c
lib/argp-xinl.c
lib/argp.h
lib/asnprintf.c
lib/basename-lgpl.c
lib/dirname-lgpl.c
lib/dirname.h
lib/dosname.h
lib/errno.in.h
lib/float+.h
lib/float.c
lib/float.in.h
lib/getopt.c
lib/getopt.in.h
lib/getopt1.c
lib/getopt_int.h
lib/gettext.h
lib/intprops.h
lib/itold.c
lib/malloc.c
lib/memchr.c
lib/memchr.valgrind
lib/mempcpy.c
lib/printf-args.c
lib/printf-args.h
lib/printf-parse.c
lib/printf-parse.h
lib/rawmemchr.c
lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
lib/size_max.h
lib/sleep.c
lib/stdalign.in.h
lib/stdbool.in.h
lib/stddef.in.h
lib/stdint.in.h
lib/stdio.in.h
lib/stdlib.in.h
lib/strcasecmp.c
lib/strchrnul.c
lib/strchrnul.valgrind
lib/strerror-override.c
lib/strerror-override.h
lib/strerror.c
lib/string.in.h
lib/strings.in.h
lib/stripslash.c
lib/strncasecmp.c
lib/strndup.c
lib/strnlen.c
lib/sys_types.in.h
lib/sysexits.in.h
lib/unistd.in.h
lib/vasnprintf.c
lib/vasnprintf.h
lib/verify.h
lib/vsnprintf.c
lib/wchar.in.h
lib/xsize.h
m4/00gnulib.m4
m4/alloca.m4
m4/argp.m4
m4/dirname.m4
m4/double-slash-root.m4
m4/errno_h.m4
m4/exponentd.m4
m4/extensions.m4
m4/float_h.m4
m4/getopt.m4
m4/gnulib-common.m4
m4/include_next.m4
m4/intmax_t.m4
m4/inttypes_h.m4
m4/longlong.m4
m4/malloc.m4
m4/math_h.m4
m4/memchr.m4
m4/mempcpy.m4
m4/mmap-anon.m4
m4/multiarch.m4
m4/nocrash.m4
m4/off_t.m4
m4/printf.m4
m4/rawmemchr.m4
m4/size_max.m4
m4/sleep.m4
m4/ssize_t.m4
m4/stdalign.m4
m4/stdbool.m4
m4/stddef_h.m4
m4/stdint.m4
m4/stdint_h.m4
m4/stdio_h.m4
m4/stdlib_h.m4
m4/strcase.m4
m4/strchrnul.m4
m4/strerror.m4
m4/string_h.m4
m4/strings_h.m4
m4/strndup.m4
m4/strnlen.m4
m4/sys_socket_h.m4
m4/sys_types_h.m4
m4/sysexits.m4
m4/unistd_h.m4
m4/vasnprintf.m4
m4/vsnprintf.m4
m4/warn-on-use.m4
m4/wchar_h.m4
m4/wchar_t.m4
m4/wint_t.m4
m4/xsize.m4
])

57
m4/gnulib-tool.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
# gnulib-tool.m4 serial 2
dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl The following macros need not be invoked explicitly.
dnl Invoking them does nothing except to declare default arguments
dnl for "gnulib-tool --import".
dnl Usage: gl_LOCAL_DIR([DIR])
AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCAL_DIR], [])
dnl Usage: gl_MODULES([module1 module2 ...])
AC_DEFUN([gl_MODULES], [])
dnl Usage: gl_AVOID([module1 module2 ...])
AC_DEFUN([gl_AVOID], [])
dnl Usage: gl_SOURCE_BASE([DIR])
AC_DEFUN([gl_SOURCE_BASE], [])
dnl Usage: gl_M4_BASE([DIR])
AC_DEFUN([gl_M4_BASE], [])
dnl Usage: gl_PO_BASE([DIR])
AC_DEFUN([gl_PO_BASE], [])
dnl Usage: gl_DOC_BASE([DIR])
AC_DEFUN([gl_DOC_BASE], [])
dnl Usage: gl_TESTS_BASE([DIR])
AC_DEFUN([gl_TESTS_BASE], [])
dnl Usage: gl_WITH_TESTS
AC_DEFUN([gl_WITH_TESTS], [])
dnl Usage: gl_LIB([LIBNAME])
AC_DEFUN([gl_LIB], [])
dnl Usage: gl_LGPL or gl_LGPL([VERSION])
AC_DEFUN([gl_LGPL], [])
dnl Usage: gl_MAKEFILE_NAME([FILENAME])
AC_DEFUN([gl_MAKEFILE_NAME], [])
dnl Usage: gl_LIBTOOL
AC_DEFUN([gl_LIBTOOL], [])
dnl Usage: gl_MACRO_PREFIX([PREFIX])
AC_DEFUN([gl_MACRO_PREFIX], [])
dnl Usage: gl_PO_DOMAIN([DOMAIN])
AC_DEFUN([gl_PO_DOMAIN], [])
dnl Usage: gl_VC_FILES([BOOLEAN])
AC_DEFUN([gl_VC_FILES], [])

270
m4/include_next.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
# include_next.m4 serial 23
dnl Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert and Derek Price.
dnl Sets INCLUDE_NEXT and PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER.
dnl
dnl INCLUDE_NEXT expands to 'include_next' if the compiler supports it, or to
dnl 'include' otherwise.
dnl
dnl INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE expands to 'include_next' if the compiler
dnl supports it in the special case that it is the first include directive in
dnl the given file, or to 'include' otherwise.
dnl
dnl PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER can be used in files that contain #include_next,
dnl so as to avoid GCC warnings when the gcc option -pedantic is used.
dnl '#pragma GCC system_header' has the same effect as if the file was found
dnl through the include search path specified with '-isystem' options (as
dnl opposed to the search path specified with '-I' options). Namely, gcc
dnl does not warn about some things, and on some systems (Solaris and Interix)
dnl __STDC__ evaluates to 0 instead of to 1. The latter is an undesired side
dnl effect; we are therefore careful to use 'defined __STDC__' or '1' instead
dnl of plain '__STDC__'.
dnl
dnl PRAGMA_COLUMNS can be used in files that override system header files, so
dnl as to avoid compilation errors on HP NonStop systems when the gnulib file
dnl is included by a system header file that does a "#pragma COLUMNS 80" (which
dnl has the effect of truncating the lines of that file and all files that it
dnl includes to 80 columns) and the gnulib file has lines longer than 80
dnl columns.
AC_DEFUN([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT],
[
AC_LANG_PREPROC_REQUIRE()
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the preprocessor supports include_next],
[gl_cv_have_include_next],
[rm -rf conftestd1a conftestd1b conftestd2
mkdir conftestd1a conftestd1b conftestd2
dnl IBM C 9.0, 10.1 (original versions, prior to the 2009-01 updates) on
dnl AIX 6.1 support include_next when used as first preprocessor directive
dnl in a file, but not when preceded by another include directive. Check
dnl for this bug by including <stdio.h>.
dnl Additionally, with this same compiler, include_next is a no-op when
dnl used in a header file that was included by specifying its absolute
dnl file name. Despite these two bugs, include_next is used in the
dnl compiler's <math.h>. By virtue of the second bug, we need to use
dnl include_next as well in this case.
cat <<EOF > conftestd1a/conftest.h
#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1
#include_next <conftest.h>
#ifdef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2
int foo;
#else
#error "include_next doesn't work"
#endif
EOF
cat <<EOF > conftestd1b/conftest.h
#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1
#include <stdio.h>
#include_next <conftest.h>
#ifdef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2
int foo;
#else
#error "include_next doesn't work"
#endif
EOF
cat <<EOF > conftestd2/conftest.h
#ifndef DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD1
#error "include_next test doesn't work"
#endif
#define DEFINED_IN_CONFTESTD2
EOF
gl_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$gl_save_CPPFLAGS -Iconftestd1b -Iconftestd2"
dnl We intentionally avoid using AC_LANG_SOURCE here.
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED[#include <conftest.h>]],
[gl_cv_have_include_next=yes],
[CPPFLAGS="$gl_save_CPPFLAGS -Iconftestd1a -Iconftestd2"
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED[#include <conftest.h>]],
[gl_cv_have_include_next=buggy],
[gl_cv_have_include_next=no])
])
CPPFLAGS="$gl_save_CPPFLAGS"
rm -rf conftestd1a conftestd1b conftestd2
])
PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER=
if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then
INCLUDE_NEXT=include_next
INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE=include_next
if test -n "$GCC"; then
PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER='#pragma GCC system_header'
fi
else
if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = buggy; then
INCLUDE_NEXT=include
INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE=include_next
else
INCLUDE_NEXT=include
INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE=include
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_NEXT])
AC_SUBST([INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE])
AC_SUBST([PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether system header files limit the line length],
[gl_cv_pragma_columns],
[dnl HP NonStop systems, which define __TANDEM, have this misfeature.
AC_EGREP_CPP([choke me],
[
#ifdef __TANDEM
choke me
#endif
],
[gl_cv_pragma_columns=yes],
[gl_cv_pragma_columns=no])
])
if test $gl_cv_pragma_columns = yes; then
PRAGMA_COLUMNS="#pragma COLUMNS 10000"
else
PRAGMA_COLUMNS=
fi
AC_SUBST([PRAGMA_COLUMNS])
])
# gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...)
# ------------------------------------------
# For each arg foo.h, if #include_next works, define NEXT_FOO_H to be
# '<foo.h>'; otherwise define it to be
# '"///usr/include/foo.h"', or whatever other absolute file name is suitable.
# Also, if #include_next works as first preprocessing directive in a file,
# define NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FOO_H to be '<foo.h>'; otherwise define it to
# be
# '"///usr/include/foo.h"', or whatever other absolute file name is suitable.
# That way, a header file with the following line:
# #@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FOO_H@
# or
# #@INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE@ @NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_FOO_H@
# behaves (after sed substitution) as if it contained
# #include_next <foo.h>
# even if the compiler does not support include_next.
# The three "///" are to pacify Sun C 5.8, which otherwise would say
# "warning: #include of /usr/include/... may be non-portable".
# Use '""', not '<>', so that the /// cannot be confused with a C99 comment.
# Note: This macro assumes that the header file is not empty after
# preprocessing, i.e. it does not only define preprocessor macros but also
# provides some type/enum definitions or function/variable declarations.
#
# This macro also checks whether each header exists, by invoking
# AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE or AC_CHECK_HEADERS on each argument.
AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS],
[
gl_NEXT_HEADERS_INTERNAL([$1], [check])
])
# gl_NEXT_HEADERS(HEADER1 HEADER2 ...)
# ------------------------------------
# Like gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS, except do not check whether the headers exist.
# This is suitable for headers like <stddef.h> that are standardized by C89
# and therefore can be assumed to exist.
AC_DEFUN([gl_NEXT_HEADERS],
[
gl_NEXT_HEADERS_INTERNAL([$1], [assume])
])
# The guts of gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS and gl_NEXT_HEADERS.
AC_DEFUN([gl_NEXT_HEADERS_INTERNAL],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_INCLUDE_NEXT])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
m4_if([$2], [check],
[AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([$1])
])
dnl FIXME: gl_next_header and gl_header_exists must be used unquoted
dnl until we can assume autoconf 2.64 or newer.
m4_foreach_w([gl_HEADER_NAME], [$1],
[AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_next_header],
[gl_cv_next_]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))
if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes; then
AS_VAR_SET(gl_next_header, ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>'])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK(
[absolute name of <]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])[>],
m4_defn([gl_next_header]),
[m4_if([$2], [check],
[AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([gl_header_exists],
[ac_cv_header_]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))
if test AS_VAR_GET(gl_header_exists) = yes; then
AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_header_exists])
])
AC_LANG_CONFTEST(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[[#include <]]m4_dquote(m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME]))[[>]]
)])
dnl AIX "xlc -E" and "cc -E" omit #line directives for header
dnl files that contain only a #include of other header files and
dnl no non-comment tokens of their own. This leads to a failure
dnl to detect the absolute name of <dirent.h>, <signal.h>,
dnl <poll.h> and others. The workaround is to force preservation
dnl of comments through option -C. This ensures all necessary
dnl #line directives are present. GCC supports option -C as well.
case "$host_os" in
aix*) gl_absname_cpp="$ac_cpp -C" ;;
*) gl_absname_cpp="$ac_cpp" ;;
esac
changequote(,)
case "$host_os" in
mingw*)
dnl For the sake of native Windows compilers (excluding gcc),
dnl treat backslash as a directory separator, like /.
dnl Actually, these compilers use a double-backslash as
dnl directory separator, inside the
dnl # line "filename"
dnl directives.
gl_dirsep_regex='[/\\]'
;;
*)
gl_dirsep_regex='\/'
;;
esac
dnl A sed expression that turns a string into a basic regular
dnl expression, for use within "/.../".
gl_make_literal_regex_sed='s,[]$^\\.*/[],\\&,g'
changequote([,])
gl_header_literal_regex=`echo ']m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])[' \
| sed -e "$gl_make_literal_regex_sed"`
gl_absolute_header_sed="/${gl_dirsep_regex}${gl_header_literal_regex}/"'{
s/.*"\(.*'"${gl_dirsep_regex}${gl_header_literal_regex}"'\)".*/\1/
changequote(,)dnl
s|^/[^/]|//&|
changequote([,])dnl
p
q
}'
dnl eval is necessary to expand gl_absname_cpp.
dnl Ultrix and Pyramid sh refuse to redirect output of eval,
dnl so use subshell.
AS_VAR_SET(gl_next_header,
['"'`(eval "$gl_absname_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD |
sed -n "$gl_absolute_header_sed"`'"'])
m4_if([$2], [check],
[else
AS_VAR_SET(gl_next_header, ['<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>'])
fi
])
])
fi
AC_SUBST(
AS_TR_CPP([NEXT_]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])),
[AS_VAR_GET(gl_next_header)])
if test $gl_cv_have_include_next = yes || test $gl_cv_have_include_next = buggy; then
# INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE='include_next'
gl_next_as_first_directive='<'gl_HEADER_NAME'>'
else
# INCLUDE_NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE='include'
gl_next_as_first_directive=AS_VAR_GET(gl_next_header)
fi
AC_SUBST(
AS_TR_CPP([NEXT_AS_FIRST_DIRECTIVE_]m4_defn([gl_HEADER_NAME])),
[$gl_next_as_first_directive])
AS_VAR_POPDEF([gl_next_header])])
])
# Autoconf 2.68 added warnings for our use of AC_COMPILE_IFELSE;
# this fallback is safe for all earlier autoconf versions.
m4_define_default([AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED])

67
m4/intmax_t.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
# intmax_t.m4 serial 8
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
dnl Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
AC_PREREQ([2.53])
# Define intmax_t to 'long' or 'long long'
# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
[
dnl For simplicity, we assume that a header file defines 'intmax_t' if and
dnl only if it defines 'uintmax_t'.
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes \
&& ac_type='long long' \
|| ac_type='long'
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intmax_t], [$ac_type],
[Define to long or long long if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
else
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTMAX_T], [1],
[Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
fi
])
dnl An alternative would be to explicitly test for 'intmax_t'.
AC_DEFUN([gt_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for intmax_t], [gt_cv_c_intmax_t],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif
]],
[[intmax_t x = -1; return !x;]])],
[gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes],
[gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no])])
if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTMAX_T], [1],
[Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
else
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes \
&& ac_type='long long' \
|| ac_type='long'
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intmax_t], [$ac_type],
[Define to long or long long if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
fi
])

29
m4/inttypes_h.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
# inttypes_h.m4 serial 10
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006, 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], [gl_cv_header_inttypes_h],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
]],
[[uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;]])],
[gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes],
[gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=no])])
if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX], [1],
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
and declares uintmax_t. ])
fi
])

113
m4/longlong.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
# longlong.m4 serial 17
dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works.
# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.61, and can be faster
# than what's in Autoconf 2.62 through 2.68.
# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large
# (as on some very old compilers), HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be
# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'.
AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int],
[ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes
if test "x${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99-no}" = xno; then
ac_cv_type_long_long_int=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
dnl Catch a bug in Tandem NonStop Kernel (OSS) cc -O circa 2004.
dnl If cross compiling, assume the bug is not important, since
dnl nobody cross compiles for this platform as far as we know.
AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[@%:@include <limits.h>
@%:@ifndef LLONG_MAX
@%:@ define HALF \
(1LL << (sizeof (long long int) * CHAR_BIT - 2))
@%:@ define LLONG_MAX (HALF - 1 + HALF)
@%:@endif]],
[[long long int n = 1;
int i;
for (i = 0; ; i++)
{
long long int m = n << i;
if (m >> i != n)
return 1;
if (LLONG_MAX / 2 < m)
break;
}
return 0;]])],
[],
[ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no],
[:])
fi
fi])
if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], [1],
[Define to 1 if the system has the type 'long long int'.])
fi
])
# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works.
# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.61, and can be faster
# than what's in Autoconf 2.62 through 2.68.
# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits
# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int'
# like 'unsigned long int'.
AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int],
[ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int],
[ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes
if test "x${ac_cv_prog_cc_c99-no}" = xno; then
AC_LINK_IFELSE(
[_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_SNIPPET],
[],
[ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])
fi])
if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], [1],
[Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'.])
fi
])
# Expands to a C program that can be used to test for simultaneous support
# of 'long long' and 'unsigned long long'. We don't want to say that
# 'long long' is available if 'unsigned long long' is not, or vice versa,
# because too many programs rely on the symmetry between signed and unsigned
# integer types (excluding 'bool').
AC_DEFUN([_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_SNIPPET],
[
AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[/* For now, do not test the preprocessor; as of 2007 there are too many
implementations with broken preprocessors. Perhaps this can
be revisited in 2012. In the meantime, code should not expect
#if to work with literals wider than 32 bits. */
/* Test literals. */
long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll;
long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL;
unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL;
/* Test constant expressions. */
typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0 && 0 < 9223372036854775807ll)
? 1 : -1)];
typedef int b[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1
? 1 : -1)];
int i = 63;]],
[[/* Test availability of runtime routines for shift and division. */
long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll;
unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull;
return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i)
| (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll)
| (ull << 63) | (ull >> 63) | (ull << i) | (ull >> i)
| (ullmax / ull) | (ullmax % ull));]])
])

98
m4/malloc.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
# malloc.m4 serial 14
dnl Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
m4_version_prereq([2.70], [] ,[
# This is taken from the following Autoconf patch:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=autoconf.git;a=commitdiff;h=7fbb553727ed7e0e689a17594b58559ecf3ea6e9
AC_DEFUN([_AC_FUNC_MALLOC_IF],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl for cross-compiles
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdlib.h])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU libc compatible malloc],
[ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *malloc ();
#endif
]],
[[return ! malloc (0);]])
],
[ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=yes],
[ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=no],
[case "$host_os" in
# Guess yes on platforms where we know the result.
*-gnu* | freebsd* | netbsd* | openbsd* \
| hpux* | solaris* | cygwin* | mingw*)
ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=yes ;;
# If we don't know, assume the worst.
*) ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull=no ;;
esac
])
])
AS_IF([test $ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull = yes], [$1], [$2])
])# _AC_FUNC_MALLOC_IF
])
# gl_FUNC_MALLOC_GNU
# ------------------
# Test whether 'malloc (0)' is handled like in GNU libc, and replace malloc if
# it is not.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_MALLOC_GNU],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_STDLIB_H_DEFAULTS])
dnl _AC_FUNC_MALLOC_IF is defined in Autoconf.
_AC_FUNC_MALLOC_IF(
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MALLOC_GNU], [1],
[Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible 'malloc'
function, and to 0 otherwise.])],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MALLOC_GNU], [0])
REPLACE_MALLOC=1
])
])
# gl_FUNC_MALLOC_POSIX
# --------------------
# Test whether 'malloc' is POSIX compliant (sets errno to ENOMEM when it
# fails), and replace malloc if it is not.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_MALLOC_POSIX],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_STDLIB_H_DEFAULTS])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_CHECK_MALLOC_POSIX])
if test $gl_cv_func_malloc_posix = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX], [1],
[Define if the 'malloc' function is POSIX compliant.])
else
REPLACE_MALLOC=1
fi
])
# Test whether malloc, realloc, calloc are POSIX compliant,
# Set gl_cv_func_malloc_posix to yes or no accordingly.
AC_DEFUN([gl_CHECK_MALLOC_POSIX],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether malloc, realloc, calloc are POSIX compliant],
[gl_cv_func_malloc_posix],
[
dnl It is too dangerous to try to allocate a large amount of memory:
dnl some systems go to their knees when you do that. So assume that
dnl all Unix implementations of the function are POSIX compliant.
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[]],
[[#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
choke me
#endif
]])],
[gl_cv_func_malloc_posix=yes],
[gl_cv_func_malloc_posix=no])
])
])

354
m4/math_h.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
# math_h.m4 serial 113
dnl Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_MATH_H],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_MATH_H_DEFAULTS])
gl_CHECK_NEXT_HEADERS([math.h])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether NAN macro works], [gl_cv_header_math_nan_works],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@%:@include <math.h>]],
[[/* Solaris 10 has a broken definition of NAN. Other platforms
fail to provide NAN, or provide it only in C99 mode; this
test only needs to fail when NAN is provided but wrong. */
float f = 1.0f;
#ifdef NAN
f = NAN;
#endif
return f == 0;]])],
[gl_cv_header_math_nan_works=yes],
[gl_cv_header_math_nan_works=no])])
if test $gl_cv_header_math_nan_works = no; then
REPLACE_NAN=1
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether HUGE_VAL works], [gl_cv_header_math_huge_val_works],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@%:@include <math.h>]],
[[/* Solaris 10 has a broken definition of HUGE_VAL. */
double d = HUGE_VAL;
return d == 0;]])],
[gl_cv_header_math_huge_val_works=yes],
[gl_cv_header_math_huge_val_works=no])])
if test $gl_cv_header_math_huge_val_works = no; then
REPLACE_HUGE_VAL=1
fi
dnl Check for declarations of anything we want to poison if the
dnl corresponding gnulib module is not in use.
gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <math.h>]],
[acosf acosl asinf asinl atanf atanl
cbrt cbrtf cbrtl ceilf ceill copysign copysignf copysignl cosf cosl coshf
expf expl exp2 exp2f exp2l expm1 expm1f expm1l
fabsf fabsl floorf floorl fma fmaf fmal
fmod fmodf fmodl frexpf frexpl hypotf hypotl
ilogb ilogbf ilogbl
ldexpf ldexpl
log logf logl log10 log10f log10l log1p log1pf log1pl log2 log2f log2l
logb logbf logbl
modf modff modfl powf
remainder remainderf remainderl
rint rintf rintl round roundf roundl sinf sinl sinhf sqrtf sqrtl
tanf tanl tanhf trunc truncf truncl])
])
AC_DEFUN([gl_MATH_MODULE_INDICATOR],
[
dnl Use AC_REQUIRE here, so that the default settings are expanded once only.
AC_REQUIRE([gl_MATH_H_DEFAULTS])
gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_SET_VARIABLE([$1])
dnl Define it also as a C macro, for the benefit of the unit tests.
gl_MODULE_INDICATOR_FOR_TESTS([$1])
])
AC_DEFUN([gl_MATH_H_DEFAULTS],
[
GNULIB_ACOSF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ACOSF])
GNULIB_ACOSL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ACOSL])
GNULIB_ASINF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ASINF])
GNULIB_ASINL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ASINL])
GNULIB_ATANF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ATANF])
GNULIB_ATANL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ATANL])
GNULIB_ATAN2F=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ATAN2F])
GNULIB_CBRT=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CBRT])
GNULIB_CBRTF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CBRTF])
GNULIB_CBRTL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CBRTL])
GNULIB_CEIL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CEIL])
GNULIB_CEILF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CEILF])
GNULIB_CEILL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_CEILL])
GNULIB_COPYSIGN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_COPYSIGN])
GNULIB_COPYSIGNF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_COPYSIGNF])
GNULIB_COPYSIGNL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_COPYSIGNL])
GNULIB_COSF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_COSF])
GNULIB_COSL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_COSL])
GNULIB_COSHF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_COSHF])
GNULIB_EXPF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXPF])
GNULIB_EXPL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXPL])
GNULIB_EXP2=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXP2])
GNULIB_EXP2F=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXP2F])
GNULIB_EXP2L=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXP2L])
GNULIB_EXPM1=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXPM1])
GNULIB_EXPM1F=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXPM1F])
GNULIB_EXPM1L=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_EXPM1L])
GNULIB_FABSF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FABSF])
GNULIB_FABSL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FABSL])
GNULIB_FLOOR=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FLOOR])
GNULIB_FLOORF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FLOORF])
GNULIB_FLOORL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FLOORL])
GNULIB_FMA=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FMA])
GNULIB_FMAF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FMAF])
GNULIB_FMAL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FMAL])
GNULIB_FMOD=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FMOD])
GNULIB_FMODF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FMODF])
GNULIB_FMODL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FMODL])
GNULIB_FREXPF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FREXPF])
GNULIB_FREXP=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FREXP])
GNULIB_FREXPL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_FREXPL])
GNULIB_HYPOT=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_HYPOT])
GNULIB_HYPOTF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_HYPOTF])
GNULIB_HYPOTL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_HYPOTL])
GNULIB_ILOGB=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ILOGB])
GNULIB_ILOGBF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ILOGBF])
GNULIB_ILOGBL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ILOGBL])
GNULIB_ISFINITE=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ISFINITE])
GNULIB_ISINF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ISINF])
GNULIB_ISNAN=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ISNAN])
GNULIB_ISNANF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ISNANF])
GNULIB_ISNAND=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ISNAND])
GNULIB_ISNANL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ISNANL])
GNULIB_LDEXPF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LDEXPF])
GNULIB_LDEXPL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LDEXPL])
GNULIB_LOG=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG])
GNULIB_LOGF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOGF])
GNULIB_LOGL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOGL])
GNULIB_LOG10=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG10])
GNULIB_LOG10F=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG10F])
GNULIB_LOG10L=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG10L])
GNULIB_LOG1P=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG1P])
GNULIB_LOG1PF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG1PF])
GNULIB_LOG1PL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG1PL])
GNULIB_LOG2=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG2])
GNULIB_LOG2F=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG2F])
GNULIB_LOG2L=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOG2L])
GNULIB_LOGB=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOGB])
GNULIB_LOGBF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOGBF])
GNULIB_LOGBL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_LOGBL])
GNULIB_MODF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_MODF])
GNULIB_MODFF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_MODFF])
GNULIB_MODFL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_MODFL])
GNULIB_POWF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_POWF])
GNULIB_REMAINDER=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_REMAINDER])
GNULIB_REMAINDERF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_REMAINDERF])
GNULIB_REMAINDERL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_REMAINDERL])
GNULIB_RINT=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_RINT])
GNULIB_RINTF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_RINTF])
GNULIB_RINTL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_RINTL])
GNULIB_ROUND=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ROUND])
GNULIB_ROUNDF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ROUNDF])
GNULIB_ROUNDL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_ROUNDL])
GNULIB_SIGNBIT=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SIGNBIT])
GNULIB_SINF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SINF])
GNULIB_SINL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SINL])
GNULIB_SINHF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SINHF])
GNULIB_SQRTF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SQRTF])
GNULIB_SQRTL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_SQRTL])
GNULIB_TANF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TANF])
GNULIB_TANL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TANL])
GNULIB_TANHF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TANHF])
GNULIB_TRUNC=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TRUNC])
GNULIB_TRUNCF=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TRUNCF])
GNULIB_TRUNCL=0; AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TRUNCL])
dnl Assume proper GNU behavior unless another module says otherwise.
HAVE_ACOSF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ACOSF])
HAVE_ACOSL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ACOSL])
HAVE_ASINF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASINF])
HAVE_ASINL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASINL])
HAVE_ATANF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ATANF])
HAVE_ATANL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ATANL])
HAVE_ATAN2F=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ATAN2F])
HAVE_CBRT=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_CBRT])
HAVE_CBRTF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_CBRTF])
HAVE_CBRTL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_CBRTL])
HAVE_COPYSIGN=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_COPYSIGN])
HAVE_COPYSIGNL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_COPYSIGNL])
HAVE_COSF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_COSF])
HAVE_COSL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_COSL])
HAVE_COSHF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_COSHF])
HAVE_EXPF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_EXPF])
HAVE_EXPL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_EXPL])
HAVE_EXPM1=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_EXPM1])
HAVE_EXPM1F=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_EXPM1F])
HAVE_FABSF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FABSF])
HAVE_FABSL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FABSL])
HAVE_FMA=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FMA])
HAVE_FMAF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FMAF])
HAVE_FMAL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FMAL])
HAVE_FMODF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FMODF])
HAVE_FMODL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FMODL])
HAVE_FREXPF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_FREXPF])
HAVE_HYPOTF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_HYPOTF])
HAVE_HYPOTL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_HYPOTL])
HAVE_ILOGB=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ILOGB])
HAVE_ILOGBF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ILOGBF])
HAVE_ILOGBL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ILOGBL])
HAVE_ISNANF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ISNANF])
HAVE_ISNAND=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ISNAND])
HAVE_ISNANL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_ISNANL])
HAVE_LDEXPF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LDEXPF])
HAVE_LOGF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOGF])
HAVE_LOGL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOGL])
HAVE_LOG10F=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOG10F])
HAVE_LOG10L=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOG10L])
HAVE_LOG1P=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOG1P])
HAVE_LOG1PF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOG1PF])
HAVE_LOG1PL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOG1PL])
HAVE_LOGBF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOGBF])
HAVE_LOGBL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_LOGBL])
HAVE_MODFF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_MODFF])
HAVE_MODFL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_MODFL])
HAVE_POWF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_POWF])
HAVE_REMAINDER=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_REMAINDER])
HAVE_REMAINDERF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_REMAINDERF])
HAVE_RINT=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_RINT])
HAVE_RINTL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_RINTL])
HAVE_SINF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SINF])
HAVE_SINL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SINL])
HAVE_SINHF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SINHF])
HAVE_SQRTF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SQRTF])
HAVE_SQRTL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_SQRTL])
HAVE_TANF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_TANF])
HAVE_TANL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_TANL])
HAVE_TANHF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_TANHF])
HAVE_DECL_ACOSL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ACOSL])
HAVE_DECL_ASINL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ASINL])
HAVE_DECL_ATANL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ATANL])
HAVE_DECL_CBRTF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_CBRTF])
HAVE_DECL_CBRTL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_CBRTL])
HAVE_DECL_CEILF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_CEILF])
HAVE_DECL_CEILL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_CEILL])
HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF])
HAVE_DECL_COSL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_COSL])
HAVE_DECL_EXPL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_EXPL])
HAVE_DECL_EXP2=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_EXP2])
HAVE_DECL_EXP2F=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_EXP2F])
HAVE_DECL_EXP2L=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_EXP2L])
HAVE_DECL_EXPM1L=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_EXPM1L])
HAVE_DECL_FLOORF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_FLOORF])
HAVE_DECL_FLOORL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_FLOORL])
HAVE_DECL_FREXPL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_FREXPL])
HAVE_DECL_LDEXPL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LDEXPL])
HAVE_DECL_LOGL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LOGL])
HAVE_DECL_LOG10L=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LOG10L])
HAVE_DECL_LOG2=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LOG2])
HAVE_DECL_LOG2F=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LOG2F])
HAVE_DECL_LOG2L=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LOG2L])
HAVE_DECL_LOGB=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_LOGB])
HAVE_DECL_REMAINDER=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_REMAINDER])
HAVE_DECL_REMAINDERL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_REMAINDERL])
HAVE_DECL_RINTF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_RINTF])
HAVE_DECL_ROUND=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ROUND])
HAVE_DECL_ROUNDF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ROUNDF])
HAVE_DECL_ROUNDL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_ROUNDL])
HAVE_DECL_SINL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_SINL])
HAVE_DECL_SQRTL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_SQRTL])
HAVE_DECL_TANL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_TANL])
HAVE_DECL_TRUNC=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_TRUNC])
HAVE_DECL_TRUNCF=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_TRUNCF])
HAVE_DECL_TRUNCL=1; AC_SUBST([HAVE_DECL_TRUNCL])
REPLACE_CBRTF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CBRTF])
REPLACE_CBRTL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CBRTL])
REPLACE_CEIL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CEIL])
REPLACE_CEILF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CEILF])
REPLACE_CEILL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_CEILL])
REPLACE_EXPM1=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_EXPM1])
REPLACE_EXPM1F=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_EXPM1F])
REPLACE_EXP2=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_EXP2])
REPLACE_EXP2L=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_EXP2L])
REPLACE_FABSL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FABSL])
REPLACE_FLOOR=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FLOOR])
REPLACE_FLOORF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FLOORF])
REPLACE_FLOORL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FLOORL])
REPLACE_FMA=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FMA])
REPLACE_FMAF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FMAF])
REPLACE_FMAL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FMAL])
REPLACE_FMOD=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FMOD])
REPLACE_FMODF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FMODF])
REPLACE_FMODL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FMODL])
REPLACE_FREXPF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FREXPF])
REPLACE_FREXP=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FREXP])
REPLACE_FREXPL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_FREXPL])
REPLACE_HUGE_VAL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_HUGE_VAL])
REPLACE_HYPOT=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_HYPOT])
REPLACE_HYPOTF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_HYPOTF])
REPLACE_HYPOTL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_HYPOTL])
REPLACE_ILOGB=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ILOGB])
REPLACE_ILOGBF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ILOGBF])
REPLACE_ISFINITE=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ISFINITE])
REPLACE_ISINF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ISINF])
REPLACE_ISNAN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ISNAN])
REPLACE_LDEXPL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LDEXPL])
REPLACE_LOG=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG])
REPLACE_LOGF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOGF])
REPLACE_LOGL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOGL])
REPLACE_LOG10=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG10])
REPLACE_LOG10F=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG10F])
REPLACE_LOG10L=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG10L])
REPLACE_LOG1P=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG1P])
REPLACE_LOG1PF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG1PF])
REPLACE_LOG1PL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG1PL])
REPLACE_LOG2=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG2])
REPLACE_LOG2F=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG2F])
REPLACE_LOG2L=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOG2L])
REPLACE_LOGB=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOGB])
REPLACE_LOGBF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOGBF])
REPLACE_LOGBL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_LOGBL])
REPLACE_MODF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_MODF])
REPLACE_MODFF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_MODFF])
REPLACE_MODFL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_MODFL])
REPLACE_NAN=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_NAN])
REPLACE_REMAINDER=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_REMAINDER])
REPLACE_REMAINDERF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_REMAINDERF])
REPLACE_REMAINDERL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_REMAINDERL])
REPLACE_ROUND=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ROUND])
REPLACE_ROUNDF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ROUNDF])
REPLACE_ROUNDL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_ROUNDL])
REPLACE_SIGNBIT=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_SIGNBIT])
REPLACE_SIGNBIT_USING_GCC=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_SIGNBIT_USING_GCC])
REPLACE_SQRTL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_SQRTL])
REPLACE_TRUNC=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_TRUNC])
REPLACE_TRUNCF=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_TRUNCF])
REPLACE_TRUNCL=0; AC_SUBST([REPLACE_TRUNCL])
])
# gl_LONG_DOUBLE_VS_DOUBLE
# determines whether 'long double' and 'double' have the same representation.
# Sets variable HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE to 0 or 1, and defines
# HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE accordingly.
# The currently known platforms where this is the case are:
# Linux/HPPA, Minix 3.1.8, AIX 5, AIX 6 and 7 with xlc, MSVC 9.
AC_DEFUN([gl_LONG_DOUBLE_VS_DOUBLE],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether long double and double are the same],
[gl_cv_long_double_equals_double],
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <float.h>]],
[[typedef int check[sizeof (long double) == sizeof (double)
&& LDBL_MANT_DIG == DBL_MANT_DIG
&& LDBL_MAX_EXP == DBL_MAX_EXP
&& LDBL_MIN_EXP == DBL_MIN_EXP
? 1 : -1];
]])],
[gl_cv_long_double_equals_double=yes],
[gl_cv_long_double_equals_double=no])
])
if test $gl_cv_long_double_equals_double = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE], [1],
[Define to 1 if 'long double' and 'double' have the same representation.])
HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE=1
else
HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE=0
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE])
])

88
m4/memchr.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
# memchr.m4 serial 12
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([gl_FUNC_MEMCHR],
[
dnl Check for prerequisites for memory fence checks.
gl_FUNC_MMAP_ANON
AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([sys/mman.h])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([mprotect])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_HEADER_STRING_H_DEFAULTS])
m4_ifdef([gl_FUNC_MEMCHR_OBSOLETE], [
dnl These days, we assume memchr is present. But if support for old
dnl platforms is desired:
AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([memchr])
if test $ac_cv_func_memchr = no; then
HAVE_MEMCHR=0
fi
])
if test $HAVE_MEMCHR = 1; then
# Detect platform-specific bugs in some versions of glibc:
# memchr should not dereference anything with length 0
# http://bugzilla.redhat.com/499689
# memchr should not dereference overestimated length after a match
# http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=521737
# http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=10162
# Assume that memchr works on platforms that lack mprotect.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether memchr works], [gl_cv_func_memchr_works],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <string.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/mman.h>
# ifndef MAP_FILE
# define MAP_FILE 0
# endif
#endif
]], [[
int result = 0;
char *fence = NULL;
#if HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H && HAVE_MPROTECT
# if HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS
const int flags = MAP_ANONYMOUS | MAP_PRIVATE;
const int fd = -1;
# else /* !HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS */
const int flags = MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE;
int fd = open ("/dev/zero", O_RDONLY, 0666);
if (fd >= 0)
# endif
{
int pagesize = getpagesize ();
char *two_pages =
(char *) mmap (NULL, 2 * pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
flags, fd, 0);
if (two_pages != (char *)(-1)
&& mprotect (two_pages + pagesize, pagesize, PROT_NONE) == 0)
fence = two_pages + pagesize;
}
#endif
if (fence)
{
if (memchr (fence, 0, 0))
result |= 1;
strcpy (fence - 9, "12345678");
if (memchr (fence - 9, 0, 79) != fence - 1)
result |= 2;
if (memchr (fence - 1, 0, 3) != fence - 1)
result |= 4;
}
return result;
]])], [gl_cv_func_memchr_works=yes], [gl_cv_func_memchr_works=no],
[dnl Be pessimistic for now.
gl_cv_func_memchr_works="guessing no"])])
if test "$gl_cv_func_memchr_works" != yes; then
REPLACE_MEMCHR=1
fi
fi
])
# Prerequisites of lib/memchr.c.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_MEMCHR], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bp-sym.h])
])

26
m4/mempcpy.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# mempcpy.m4 serial 11
dnl Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
dnl Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_MEMPCPY],
[
dnl Persuade glibc <string.h> to declare mempcpy().
AC_REQUIRE([AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
dnl The mempcpy() declaration in lib/string.in.h uses 'restrict'.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_RESTRICT])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_HEADER_STRING_H_DEFAULTS])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([mempcpy])
if test $ac_cv_func_mempcpy = no; then
HAVE_MEMPCPY=0
fi
])
# Prerequisites of lib/mempcpy.c.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_MEMPCPY], [
:
])

55
m4/mmap-anon.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
# mmap-anon.m4 serial 10
dnl Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Detect how mmap can be used to create anonymous (not file-backed) memory
# mappings.
# - On Linux, AIX, OSF/1, Solaris, Cygwin, Interix, Haiku, both MAP_ANONYMOUS
# and MAP_ANON exist and have the same value.
# - On HP-UX, only MAP_ANONYMOUS exists.
# - On Mac OS X, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, only MAP_ANON exists.
# - On IRIX, neither exists, and a file descriptor opened to /dev/zero must be
# used.
AC_DEFUN([gl_FUNC_MMAP_ANON],
[
dnl Persuade glibc <sys/mman.h> to define MAP_ANONYMOUS.
AC_REQUIRE([gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS])
# Check for mmap(). Don't use AC_FUNC_MMAP, because it checks too much: it
# fails on HP-UX 11, because MAP_FIXED mappings do not work. But this is
# irrelevant for anonymous mappings.
AC_CHECK_FUNC([mmap], [gl_have_mmap=yes], [gl_have_mmap=no])
# Try to allow MAP_ANONYMOUS.
gl_have_mmap_anonymous=no
if test $gl_have_mmap = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for MAP_ANONYMOUS])
AC_EGREP_CPP([I cannot identify this map], [
#include <sys/mman.h>
#ifdef MAP_ANONYMOUS
I cannot identify this map
#endif
],
[gl_have_mmap_anonymous=yes])
if test $gl_have_mmap_anonymous != yes; then
AC_EGREP_CPP([I cannot identify this map], [
#include <sys/mman.h>
#ifdef MAP_ANON
I cannot identify this map
#endif
],
[AC_DEFINE([MAP_ANONYMOUS], [MAP_ANON],
[Define to a substitute value for mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag.])
gl_have_mmap_anonymous=yes])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_have_mmap_anonymous])
if test $gl_have_mmap_anonymous = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS], [1],
[Define to 1 if mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag is available after including
config.h and <sys/mman.h>.])
fi
fi
])

62
m4/multiarch.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
# multiarch.m4 serial 7
dnl Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Determine whether the compiler is or may be producing universal binaries.
#
# On Mac OS X 10.5 and later systems, the user can create libraries and
# executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
# "universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
# compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
# this:
#
# ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
# CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
# CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
#
# Detect this situation and set APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD accordingly.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([gl_MULTIARCH],
[
dnl Code similar to autoconf-2.63 AC_C_BIGENDIAN.
gl_cv_c_multiarch=no
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[[#ifndef __APPLE_CC__
not a universal capable compiler
#endif
typedef int dummy;
]])],
[
dnl Check for potential -arch flags. It is not universal unless
dnl there are at least two -arch flags with different values.
arch=
prev=
for word in ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}; do
if test -n "$prev"; then
case $word in
i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64)
if test -z "$arch" || test "$arch" = "$word"; then
arch="$word"
else
gl_cv_c_multiarch=yes
fi
;;
esac
prev=
else
if test "x$word" = "x-arch"; then
prev=arch
fi
fi
done
])
if test $gl_cv_c_multiarch = yes; then
APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD=1
else
APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD=0
fi
AC_SUBST([APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD])
])

130
m4/nocrash.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
# nocrash.m4 serial 4
dnl Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl Based on libsigsegv, from Bruno Haible and Paolo Bonzini.
AC_PREREQ([2.13])
dnl Expands to some code for use in .c programs that will cause the configure
dnl test to exit instead of crashing. This is useful to avoid triggering
dnl action from a background debugger and to avoid core dumps.
dnl Usage: ...
dnl ]GL_NOCRASH[
dnl ...
dnl int main() { nocrash_init(); ... }
AC_DEFUN([GL_NOCRASH],[[
#include <stdlib.h>
#if defined __MACH__ && defined __APPLE__
/* Avoid a crash on Mac OS X. */
#include <mach/mach.h>
#include <mach/mach_error.h>
#include <mach/thread_status.h>
#include <mach/exception.h>
#include <mach/task.h>
#include <pthread.h>
/* The exception port on which our thread listens. */
static mach_port_t our_exception_port;
/* The main function of the thread listening for exceptions of type
EXC_BAD_ACCESS. */
static void *
mach_exception_thread (void *arg)
{
/* Buffer for a message to be received. */
struct {
mach_msg_header_t head;
mach_msg_body_t msgh_body;
char data[1024];
} msg;
mach_msg_return_t retval;
/* Wait for a message on the exception port. */
retval = mach_msg (&msg.head, MACH_RCV_MSG | MACH_RCV_LARGE, 0, sizeof (msg),
our_exception_port, MACH_MSG_TIMEOUT_NONE, MACH_PORT_NULL);
if (retval != MACH_MSG_SUCCESS)
abort ();
exit (1);
}
static void
nocrash_init (void)
{
mach_port_t self = mach_task_self ();
/* Allocate a port on which the thread shall listen for exceptions. */
if (mach_port_allocate (self, MACH_PORT_RIGHT_RECEIVE, &our_exception_port)
== KERN_SUCCESS) {
/* See http://web.mit.edu/darwin/src/modules/xnu/osfmk/man/mach_port_insert_right.html. */
if (mach_port_insert_right (self, our_exception_port, our_exception_port,
MACH_MSG_TYPE_MAKE_SEND)
== KERN_SUCCESS) {
/* The exceptions we want to catch. Only EXC_BAD_ACCESS is interesting
for us. */
exception_mask_t mask = EXC_MASK_BAD_ACCESS;
/* Create the thread listening on the exception port. */
pthread_attr_t attr;
pthread_t thread;
if (pthread_attr_init (&attr) == 0
&& pthread_attr_setdetachstate (&attr, PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED) == 0
&& pthread_create (&thread, &attr, mach_exception_thread, NULL) == 0) {
pthread_attr_destroy (&attr);
/* Replace the exception port info for these exceptions with our own.
Note that we replace the exception port for the entire task, not only
for a particular thread. This has the effect that when our exception
port gets the message, the thread specific exception port has already
been asked, and we don't need to bother about it.
See http://web.mit.edu/darwin/src/modules/xnu/osfmk/man/task_set_exception_ports.html. */
task_set_exception_ports (self, mask, our_exception_port,
EXCEPTION_DEFAULT, MACHINE_THREAD_STATE);
}
}
}
}
#elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Avoid a crash on native Windows. */
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#include <winerror.h>
static LONG WINAPI
exception_filter (EXCEPTION_POINTERS *ExceptionInfo)
{
switch (ExceptionInfo->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode)
{
case EXCEPTION_ACCESS_VIOLATION:
case EXCEPTION_IN_PAGE_ERROR:
case EXCEPTION_STACK_OVERFLOW:
case EXCEPTION_GUARD_PAGE:
case EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION:
case EXCEPTION_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION:
case EXCEPTION_DATATYPE_MISALIGNMENT:
case EXCEPTION_ARRAY_BOUNDS_EXCEEDED:
case EXCEPTION_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION:
exit (1);
}
return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH;
}
static void
nocrash_init (void)
{
SetUnhandledExceptionFilter ((LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER) exception_filter);
}
#else
/* Avoid a crash on POSIX systems. */
#include <signal.h>
/* A POSIX signal handler. */
static void
exception_handler (int sig)
{
exit (1);
}
static void
nocrash_init (void)
{
#ifdef SIGSEGV
signal (SIGSEGV, exception_handler);
#endif
#ifdef SIGBUS
signal (SIGBUS, exception_handler);
#endif
}
#endif
]])

18
m4/off_t.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
# off_t.m4 serial 1
dnl Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl Check whether to override the 'off_t' type.
dnl Set WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T.
AC_DEFUN([gl_TYPE_OFF_T],
[
m4_ifdef([gl_LARGEFILE], [
AC_REQUIRE([gl_LARGEFILE])
], [
WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T=0
])
AC_SUBST([WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T])
])

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more